{"title":"Creative Collection","description":"\u003cp\u003eWe stock Creative Collection for the table and the rooms around it, and most of the range is stoneware. For meals there are bowls, plates, mugs, cups and serving platters; for the rest of the house, vases, candle holders, planters and throws. Look out for reactive glazes and hand-painted pieces, and for sets of two, three or four.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"leonor-wooden-floor-lamp-with-linen-shade-natural","title":"Leonor Wooden Floor Lamp with Linen Shade - Natural","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Leonor is a tall floor lamp made of rubberwood, linen and iron, standing 130cm high with a linen shade 45cm across at its widest. The column is its defining feature. Broad at the foot, it narrows steadily as it rises, pinches in to a slim waist and then flares out again just below the shade. The shade is a tapered drum, 40cm across at the top, 45cm across at the base and 35cm tall, so it sits generously over the column without overwhelming it. In natural tones throughout, it reads as a quiet, sculptural piece rather than a busy one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 130cm tall it is a floor lamp for the side of a sofa, an armchair or a bed, and its slim, tapering column keeps it from crowding a corner or an alcove. The 200cm clear cable gives you some freedom over where it stands in relation to the socket, and a clear flex is less noticeable against floorboards and skirting than a dark one. The switch is on the cord, so you can turn it on and off without reaching up under the shade. It is rated IP20, which makes it a lamp for living rooms, bedrooms, studies and hallways, the dry rooms of the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes a standard E27 bulb, which is not included. The maximum is LED 5W, CFL 9W or 40W, so check the bulb you have in mind against those figures. Linen softens and spreads light, which suits a lamp meant for evenings rather than close work. It weighs 7.1KG, so it is worth deciding where it will live before you set it up. For styling, let the natural tones of the rubberwood and linen sit alongside woven baskets, jute rugs and other natural materials, or stand it alone against a plain wall where its hourglass waist and long taper can be seen in full.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubberwood, Linen, Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED 5W \/ CFL 9W \/ 40W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 35cm, Diameter 40cm to 45cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.1KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82068057-assembly-instructions-1.pdf?v=1790879163\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 1) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82068057-assembly-instructions-2.pdf?v=1790879172\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 2) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a bulb included with the Leonor floor lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the bulb is not included. The lamp takes an E27 bulb, up to a maximum of LED 5W, CFL 9W or 40W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is the lamp and how big is the shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp stands 130cm tall with a diameter of 45cm. The linen shade measures 40cm across at the top, 45cm across at the base and 35cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the floor lamp made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of rubberwood, linen and iron. The shade is linen, and the whole lamp comes in a natural colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this lamp in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, bedroom, study or hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the switch and how long is the cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe switch is on the cord, and the cable is 200cm long and clear, so it is easy to run discreetly along a skirting board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the Leonor floor lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 7.1KG, which is worth knowing if you plan to carry it upstairs or move it between rooms often.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53406977229067,"sku":"82068057","price":455.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82068057.jpg?v=1790879193"},{"product_id":"giuseppa-tie-dye-cotton-throw-brown","title":"Giuseppa Tie Dye Cotton Throw - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a woven cotton throw with a tie dye pattern. It is brown, with paler patches breaking across it in loose, irregular shapes that shift from one end of the cloth to the other. It is made from 100% cotton and measures 160cm by 130cm. That is a generous size, big enough to wrap around your shoulders on the sofa or tuck over your knees in an armchair. It weighs 0.9KG, enough to feel substantial when you pull it over you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe see it living on the sofa in a sitting room, ready for evenings in with a book or a film. It also works laid across the foot of a bed in a guest room, where it adds pattern without fuss. The brown tones sit happily with natural wood, cane and rattan, and with plain walls, so it suits a relaxed scheme. Cotton is a breathable fibre, which makes a cotton throw an easy one to reach for in warmer months as well as in winter. It also makes a thoughtful gift for anyone setting up a first home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fabric has an open, textured weave, and the thick, uneven yarn gives the surface a handmade look up close. The ends finish in a fringe of twisted, knotted tassels. Care is simple: it goes in the washing machine at 40 degrees. It can be ironed on a medium setting if you prefer a flatter finish, though we like the natural crumple of the cloth. For styling, fold it lengthways and drape it over one arm of the sofa so the fringe hangs free, or throw it loosely over the back of a wooden chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Cotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoven fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWashing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Wash 40 Degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIroning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the throw made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% cotton, woven into a fabric with an open, textured weave and a fringe of knotted tassels at the ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the throw?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 160cm long by 130cm wide, a good size for draping over a sofa, wrapping around your shoulders or laying across the foot of a bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put it in the washing machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be machine washed at 40 degrees, and if you want to smooth it afterwards it can be ironed on a medium heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 0.9KG, so it has a pleasing weight over your knees and is still easy to fold and carry from room to room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is the tie dye throw?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is brown, with a tie dye pattern of paler patches across the cloth, so the effect is soft and irregular rather than neat and uniform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive the throw itself, ready to use from the moment it arrives. The styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53407007801611,"sku":"82057370","price":54.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82057370.jpg?v=1790880237"},{"product_id":"kakasi-rattan-floor-lamp-natural","title":"Kakasi Rattan Floor Lamp - Natural","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a tall floor lamp with a woven shade on a slim wooden stem, made from rattan, iron and rubberwood in a natural finish. It stands 160cm tall and is 40cm across, with a round wooden base that keeps its footprint modest. The shade widens gently towards a deeper band of weave around its lower rim. On its own the shade is 35.5cm wide, 33cm long and 40.6cm tall: big enough to give a room a clear focal point without crowding it. At 6.25KG it has real weight to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rattan floor lamp like this suits the corner of a living room beside an armchair or bench, a bedroom where the overhead light feels too bright, or a reading spot by a window. The switch sits on the cord, so you can turn it on and off without reaching up under the shade. The 200cm cable gives you room to place it away from the socket. It takes an E27 bulb, the common screw fitting, at up to 40W, or an LED of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 9W. The bulb is not included. It is rated IP20, so it belongs in dry rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe materials do the talking: the woven shade brings texture, and the smooth wooden stem and base give it a clean line underneath. A woven shade lets light through its weave as well as above and below, so it gives a softer glow than a solid one. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read how it goes together before it arrives. For styling, pair it with other natural textures such as linen, wool or a jute rug, and let its 160cm height balance a low sofa or bench beside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRattan, Iron, Rubberwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth 35.5cm, Length 33cm, Height 40.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.25KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82044388-assembly-instructions-1.pdf?v=1791018836\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 1) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82044388-assembly-instructions-2.pdf?v=1791018846\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 2) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulb does this floor lamp take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 screw bulb of up to 40W, or an LED of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 9W. The bulb is not included, so you will need to buy one separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, bedroom or study.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is the lamp and how big is the shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp is 160cm tall and 40cm across. The shade on its own is 35.5cm wide, 33cm long and 40.6cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the switch and how long is the cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe switch is on the cord, so you can turn the lamp on and off without reaching under the shade. The cable is 200cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the lamp clean with a moist cloth. Dust settles in any woven shade, so a regular gentle wipe keeps the weave looking fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of and does it come with instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from rattan, iron and rubberwood and weighs 6.25KG. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read how it goes together before it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412552802571,"sku":"82044388","price":297.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82044388.jpg?v=1791018857"},{"product_id":"silas-giraffe-resin-table-lamp-with-linen-shade-gold","title":"Silas Giraffe Resin Table Lamp with Linen Shade - Gold","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilas is a table lamp in the shape of a giraffe, standing on a flat plinth with its long neck passing up through a linen drum shade and its head rising just clear of the top. The body is polyresin finished in gold, and the patches of the giraffe's coat are moulded into the surface, so light catches the raised edges all over it. At 70cm tall, 35cm long and 28cm wide, it is a generous lamp that gives a room a talking point before it is even switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts height and footprint suit a console table, a sideboard or a wide chest of drawers, where the giraffe can be seen side on, from nose to tail. It brings warmth and a little humour to a living room, a hallway or a bedroom, and it suits anyone who loves animal forms but wants a lamp that still feels grown up. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only. The cable is 150cm long and the switch sits on the cord, so you can turn it on and off without reaching behind the shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 bulb of up to 40W, and the bulb is not included, so have one ready; a warm-toned bulb sits well against the gold. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. At 2.3KG it has real weight to it. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. Linen gently softens light as it passes through, and polyresin holds fine moulded detail, which is why the coat pattern reads so clearly. For styling, set it at one end of a console with a low stack of books beside it, and let the giraffe's head be the highest point on the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyresin, Linen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 21.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.3KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82044411-assembly-instructions-1.pdf?v=1791018865\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 1) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82044411-assembly-instructions-2.pdf?v=1791018872\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 2) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82044411-assembly-instructions-3.pdf?v=1791018879\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 3) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the giraffe lamp come with a bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the bulb is not included. It takes an E27 bulb with a maximum of 40W, so have one ready before you switch it on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the giraffe table lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 70cm tall, 35cm long and 28cm wide. The linen shade is 21.5cm tall, and the lamp weighs 2.3KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lamp made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe giraffe figure is polyresin with a gold finish, and the drum shade is linen, which gently softens the light from the bulb.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this lamp in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, a hallway or a bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the switch and how long is the cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe switch is on the cord and the cable is 150cm long, which gives you some freedom in placing the lamp near a socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker's care advice is to wipe it clean with a moist cloth whenever it needs freshening up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412553064715,"sku":"82044411","price":165.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82044411.jpg?v=1791018894"},{"product_id":"jili-iron-wall-light-black","title":"Jili Iron Wall Light - Black","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Jili wall light is an iron reading lamp in black, with a domed shade held out from the wall on a jointed arm. It measures 53cm long, 15cm wide and 37cm tall, and the shade itself stands 16cm tall, so the light sits out over a pillow or the edge of a desk rather than flat against the plaster. The arm has a knob at the elbow and a second pivot where it meets the shade, so you can tip the light down onto a page or raise it when you want it out of the way. It weighs 0.8KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt earns its place on the wall beside a bed, where it leaves the bedside table free for books and a clock, and it works just as well over a reading chair or beside a desk in a study. Mounted at either side of a double bed, a pair gives each sleeper their own light to read by. It is rated IP20, so it belongs in dry rooms such as bedrooms, living rooms, studies and hallways. The 180cm black cable drops down the wall from the back plate, and the light has a switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe light is 100% iron in black, from the rectangular back plate with its four screw holes to the shade. It takes an E27 bulb, up to 5W LED, and the bulb is not included, so pick up a screw-fit LED bulb of 5W or less when you order. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. Black iron looks crisp against pale painted panelling or a wooden headboard, and the dome of the shade softens the straight lines of the arm. The styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5W - LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 16cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82055671-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791018991\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Jili wall light come with a bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the bulb is not included. It takes an E27 bulb, and the maximum is a 5W LED, so choose an LED bulb of 5W or less.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put this wall light in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a bedroom, living room, study or hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the wall light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 53cm long, 15cm wide and 37cm tall, with a shade that stands 16cm tall, and it weighs 0.8KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the cable and does it have a switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cable is 180cm long and black, matching the iron, and the light has a switch for turning it on and off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean an iron wall light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth, working over the shade, the jointed arm and the back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through the fitting steps before the light arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412553687307,"sku":"82055671","price":128.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82055671.jpg?v=1791019008"},{"product_id":"garner-stoneware-lamp-shade-grey","title":"Garner Stoneware Lamp Shade - Grey","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a lamp shade made entirely of stoneware, finished in a glossy grey glaze. Its shape is what makes it: a narrow raised crown sits on a wide bell, and the bell flares out to a gently wavy rim that rises and dips as you walk round it. At 23cm across and 15cm tall it is a compact shade, wider than it is tall, and at 0.542KG it has the solid weight of stoneware rather than the lightness of fabric or paper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 23cm shade is sized for pendant use over a smaller space. It can hang low above a kitchen table, a stretch of worktop or a deep window sill, or in a line over a kitchen island where one wide shade would feel heavy. The grey sits well against painted wood panelling, white tongue and groove and pale timber shelving, and it suits a cottage kitchen, a farmhouse dining room or a quiet hallway equally well. It is a good choice for anyone who wants a ceramic shade with some character but nothing fussy, and it looks at home beside the glazed stoneware many people already keep on open shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 100% stoneware. The glossy grey glaze covers the outer surface, and the rim is left as bare, unglazed clay, so you see the body of the material along the edge. Stoneware is a dense, hard-fired clay, which is why the shade feels so substantial for its size. There is a small opening at the top of the crown. The shade is sold on its own, and the styling props shown, the cord and bulb among them, are not included. For styling, hang it low enough that the wavy rim sits close to eye level from a chair, where the glaze catches the light and the outline shows at its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.542KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lamp shade made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, a dense, hard-fired clay, finished with a glossy grey glaze and a bare, unglazed rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 23cm across and 15cm tall. That makes it a compact shade that suits a kitchen table, a worktop or a line of pendants over an island.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade weighs 0.542KG. Stoneware is heavier than fabric or paper, so it feels noticeably more substantial in the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a cord or bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You are buying the shade on its own. The styling props shown, including the cord and the bulb, are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is grey with a glossy glaze. The unglazed clay along the rim shows the stoneware body itself at the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the edge of the shade straight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rim is gently wavy, rising and dipping all the way round, beneath a narrow raised crown that gives the shade its bell shape.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412554211595,"sku":"82060841","price":51.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82060841.jpg?v=1791019222"},{"product_id":"ilua-glass-pendant-light-brown","title":"Ilua Glass Pendant Light - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pendant light is built around a shade of brown glass, stepped in tiers like a stack of rings: narrower bands climb towards the fitting, the widest band sits at the middle, and the glass narrows again to a short collar at the base. The glass is translucent, so with the light on, the bulb glows through every layer and each ridge picks up its own line of light. The shade is 27cm across and 23cm tall, a medium size that gives a table a clear focal point without crowding the room, and the whole light weighs 0.9KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would hang it over a kitchen or dining table, or above a coffee table in a living room, where the stepped glass gives a plain ceiling something to look at. The 250cm brown cable is generous, which helps in rooms with higher ceilings. It is rated IP20, which means it is made for dry rooms: kitchens, dining rooms, living rooms and bedrooms are all good homes for it. It suits anyone who likes glass lighting with a little vintage character, and a pair or a row over a long table works well because the shade is a moderate size rather than a dominant one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is spray coloured glass, so its brown is a sprayed finish on the glass itself. By composition the light is 80% glass, 10% iron, 5% polyester and 5% PET plastic. It takes an E27 screw bulb, not included, of up to 40W, or an LED of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 9W. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. Because the glass is see-through, the bulb becomes part of the look, so a filament bulb with a visible glow suits it best; the styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80% Glass, 10% Iron, 5% Polyester, 5% PET plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis item is in spray coloured glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 23cm, Diameter 27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82063049-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791019448\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulb does this pendant light take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 screw bulb, which is not included: up to 40W, an LED of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 9W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the glass shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 27cm across and 23cm tall, a medium size for hanging over a kitchen, dining or coffee table, and the light weighs 0.9KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cable is 250cm long and brown, which gives a generous length for rooms with higher ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 80% glass, 10% iron, 5% polyester and 5% PET plastic, and the shade itself is spray coloured brown glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a kitchen, dining room, living room or bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with fitting instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read them before the light is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412561912075,"sku":"82063049","price":159.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82063049.jpg?v=1791019467"},{"product_id":"natika-stoneware-table-lamp-with-linen-shade-beige","title":"Natika Stoneware Table Lamp with Linen Shade - Beige","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis table lamp pairs a sculpted stoneware base with a beige linen shade, and it is the base that makes it. Deep, wavy ridges with frilled, rippled edges twist up its whole height, so the surface catches light and shadow from every side, whether the lamp is on or off. At 64cm tall and 38cm across it is a generous size for a table lamp, big enough to hold its own on a sideboard rather than disappearing among books and frames. It weighs 5.8KG, a substantial piece to lift, so choose its spot before you set it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts scale suits a living room sideboard, a hallway console or a broad bedside table, anywhere you want soft light through linen as well as something worth looking at. It is rated IP20, so it belongs in dry rooms. The cable is 160cm long, which gives you some freedom in placing the lamp away from the socket, and being clear it is less noticeable trailing down a pale wall. The switch sits on the cord, so you can turn it on without reaching up under the shade, handy at a bedside or on a console where the lamp sits close to the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is stoneware and the shade is linen, with iron completing the materials. The lamp takes an E27 bulb of up to 40W, an LED of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 9W, and the bulb is not included, so have one ready. The shade is 25.5cm tall. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, give it a plain wall behind and keep its neighbours low, a short stack of books or a single candlestick, so the rippled base has room to be seen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStoneware, Linen, Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 25.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.8KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82068056-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791019685\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulb does this table lamp take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 bulb of up to 40W, or an LED of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 9W. The bulb is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, bedroom or hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp is 64cm tall and 38cm across, and the linen shade on its own is 25.5cm tall. It weighs 5.8KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is stoneware and the shade is linen, with iron also listed among the lamp's materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the switch and how long is the cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe switch sits on the cord, and the clear cable is 160cm long, which gives you some reach to the nearest socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with assembly instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through them before you set the lamp up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412584456459,"sku":"82068056","price":265.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82068056.jpg?v=1791019706"},{"product_id":"kinoko-mushroom-iron-table-lamp-yellow","title":"Kinoko Mushroom Iron Table Lamp - Yellow","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis table lamp is all about its shade: a wide dome of yellow glass, gently lobed so it curves like a mushroom cap, topped with a small finial and carried on a slim iron stem above a round iron base. It stands 46.5cm tall and is 30cm across, and the shade itself is 13.5cm tall and the full 30cm across, so it has real presence on a side table or sideboard without crowding it. The lamp is 60% glass and 40% iron and weighs 2.3KG, so it has a good weight to it when you lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePut it on a sideboard or console in a living room or hallway, on a side table beside an armchair, or on a chest of drawers in a bedroom. Switched off, the glossy shade brings a block of colour to the surface; switched on, it glows yellow, because coloured glass tints the light that passes through it. It sits happily alongside wood, stone and warm wall colours, and its rounded outline softens a room full of straight lines. The 150cm black cable gives you some freedom to reach a socket, and the switch sits on the cord, so you can turn it on without reaching up under the shade. It is rated IP20, which means dry rooms only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes two E14 bulbs, rated by the maker at up to 25W, LED 2W or CFL 7W, and the bulbs are not included, so pick up a pair of E14 bulbs with it. The finish is spraycoloured glass with a high gloss, and the shade's lobes catch the light along their curves even when the lamp is off. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For evenings, choose a warm-white bulb and set the lamp at one end of a sideboard, where the lit shade balances a stack of books or a vase at the other end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60% Glass, 40% Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpraycoloured glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x E14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25W \/ LED 2W \/ CFL 7W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 13.5cm, Diameter 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.3KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82068674-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791019978\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre bulbs included with the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the bulbs are not included. It takes two E14 bulbs, and the maker rates it for up to 25W, LED 2W or CFL 7W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt stands 46.5cm tall and is 30cm across. The glass shade is 13.5cm tall and 30cm across, and the whole lamp weighs 2.3KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lamp made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 60% glass and 40% iron. The shade is spraycoloured glass with a glossy yellow finish, set on a slim iron stem and a round iron base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the switch and how long is the cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe switch is on the cord, so you can turn the lamp on and off without touching the shade, and the black cable is 150cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, hallway, dining room or bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lamp need putting together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome assembly is expected. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through the steps before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412585799947,"sku":"82068674","price":183.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82068674.jpg?v=1791020001"},{"product_id":"foglio-resin-table-lamp-with-linen-shade-beige","title":"Foglio Resin Table Lamp with Linen Shade - Beige","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a small table lamp with a polyresin base shaped like a four-petal flower, a slim metal stem and a tapered linen shade in beige. It stands 28.5cm tall, and its shade is 16cm across and 17.5cm tall, so this is a compact lamp sized for a bedside table, a shelf or a narrow console rather than the main light in a room. The base has a textured, stone-like surface with softly rounded lobes, and the shade shows the natural slub of a linen weave.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts scale suits the places where you want a pool of light rather than a bright room: beside the bed for reading, on a hall table, at the end of a sideboard or on a chest of drawers in a living room or study. Lit, the linen shade gives a warm, softened glow, which makes it a good evening lamp for a bedroom or beside a favourite reading chair. It is rated IP20, so it belongs in dry rooms only. With a 150cm cable and a switch on the cord, you can turn it on and off without reaching under the shade, which is handy on a crowded bedside table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBy composition it is 40% polyresin, 30% linen, 20% iron and 10% PVC, and it weighs 1.3KG. It takes an E27 bulb, up to a maximum of 25W, LED 2W or CFL 7W; the bulb is not included, so choose one within those limits. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, the rounded flower base and soft beige shade sit happily beside natural textures such as rattan, wood and glazed ceramics, and the lamp looks right raised on a small stack of books, where a little extra height lets the light spread further across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40% Polyresin, 30% Linen, 20% Iron, 10% PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25W \/ LED 2W \/ CFL 7W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 17.5cm, Diameter 16cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82068677-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791020013\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulb does this table lamp take, and is one included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 bulb, up to a maximum of 25W, LED 2W or CFL 7W. The bulb is not included, so you will need to buy one separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp is 28.5cm tall and 16cm across. The linen shade is 17.5cm tall and 16cm across, and the whole lamp weighs 1.3KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lamp made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 40% polyresin, 30% linen, 20% iron and 10% PVC. The flower-shaped base is polyresin with a textured, stone-like surface, and the shade is linen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I switch it on and off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is a switch on the cord, so you can turn the lamp on and off without reaching under the shade. The cable is 150cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this lamp in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a bedroom, living room, hallway or study.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lamp need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker supplies assembly instructions, and they come as a PDF download so you can read them before the lamp arrives or keep them for later.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412586160395,"sku":"82068677","price":77.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82068677.jpg?v=1791020030"},{"product_id":"elga-stoneware-pendant-light-white","title":"Elga Stoneware Pendant Light - White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pendant light has a stoneware shade painted by hand with fine horizontal lines that circle it from just below the collar to the rim. The shade is a softly tapered dome, narrower at the top and fuller towards its open base, finished with a smooth cylindrical collar where the cable enters. The surface is gently rippled, so the painted lines wander a little as they travel round. The whole light measures 14.5cm across and 21.5cm tall, with the shade itself 19cm tall, so this is a compact pendant rather than a wide one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts size suits places where a large shade would crowd the space: over a kitchen worktop or island, above a small dining table, or hung in a row along a counter. The white shade sits well in a kitchen with painted cupboards, wooden worktops or a dresser of everyday china, and the painted lines give it a relaxed, homely look. Stoneware is dense and does not glow through the way glass does, so a stoneware shade sends its light downwards from the rim, which makes it a good light over a surface rather than one to fill a whole room. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe light is 80% stoneware, with 10% iron and 10% PVC making up the rest, and it weighs 0.9KG. It takes an E27 bulb, which is not included; the maximum is 25W, or LED 5W, or CFL 9W, so choose an E27 LED of 5W or less. There is 250cm of cable, which gives plenty of length to hang it low over a worktop or table, even from a taller ceiling. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, hang it low enough beside a dresser or open shelves that the hand painting can be seen up close.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80% Stoneware, 10% Polyvinylchloride, 10% Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 19cm, Diameter 14.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82068762-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791020192\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a bulb included with this pendant light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the bulb is not included. It takes an E27 bulb with a maximum of 25W, LED 5W or CFL 9W, so an E27 LED of 5W or less is the one to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 19cm tall and 14.5cm across, and the whole light measures 14.5cm across and 21.5cm tall, so it is a compact pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the light made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe light is 80% stoneware, with 10% iron and 10% PVC making up the rest, and the lines on the shade are painted by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat IP rating does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a kitchen, dining room or hallway, away from any splashes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is 250cm of cable, which gives plenty of length to hang the shade low over a worktop or table, even from a taller ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with assembly instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through them before fitting the light.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412588060939,"sku":"82068762","price":67.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82068762.jpg?v=1791020208"},{"product_id":"kinoko-iron-floor-lamp-brown","title":"Kinoko Iron Floor Lamp - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Kinoko floor lamp is all about its shade: a wide, low dome of brown glass built from rounded sections, with fine seams running between them like the cap of a mushroom, set on a slim iron stem and a round base. The lamp is 70% glass and 30% iron. It stands 157cm tall and is 40cm across, and the shade alone is 17.5cm tall over that same 40cm width, so it reads as a broad, shallow cap rather than a deep drum. Inside are two E27 bulb holders, the common screw fitting, so replacement bulbs are easy to find.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 157cm tall it is sized to stand beside a sofa, an armchair or a bed, or to bring light to the corner of a living room that a ceiling light leaves dim. The switch is a foot switch on the cord, so you can turn the lamp on and off with a tap of your foot rather than reaching under a shade or behind furniture. The cable is 150cm long, and that length decides how close to a plug socket the lamp needs to stand. It is rated IP20, which makes it a lamp for dry rooms: living rooms, bedrooms, studies, reading nooks and hallways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe finish is spray coloured, and coloured glass carries its tint into the light that passes through it, so the shade colours the light once it is on. Bulbs are not included: you need two E27 bulbs, and the maximum bulb is 40W, or 5W LED, or 11W CFL. The lamp weighs 6.2KG, and it goes together using the maker's assembly instructions, which come as a PDF download. For styling, let the brown shade sit with natural wood, woven baskets and warm textiles, where its rounded outline softens a room full of straight lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e157cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70% Glass, 30% Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpray coloured\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x E27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 11W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoot switch on cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 17.5cm, Diameter 40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.2KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82069366-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791020311\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Kinoko floor lamp made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 70% glass and 30% iron: a domed glass shade on a slim iron stem and round base, with a spray coloured finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with bulbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, bulbs are not included. It takes two E27 bulbs, and the maximum bulb is 40W, or 5W LED, or 11W CFL.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is the lamp and how big is the shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp stands 157cm tall and is 40cm across. The shade is 17.5cm tall and 40cm across, a wide and shallow dome.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I switch it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a foot switch on the cord, so you turn it on and off with your foot. The cable is 150cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich rooms can I use it in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, bedroom, study or hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, and the finished lamp weighs 6.2KG, so it is worth unpacking it where it will stand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412590584075,"sku":"82069366","price":243.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82069366.jpg?v=1791020324"},{"product_id":"cornelie-aluminium-table-lamp-with-linen-shade-blue","title":"Cornelie Aluminium Table Lamp with Linen Shade - Blue","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eCornelie is a tall table lamp built on an enamelled aluminium base in deep blue, finished with a drum shade in woven linen. The base tapers gently from a wide foot to a narrower top, and its outline is shaped in soft rounded lobes that run its full height, so the glossy enamel picks up light along every curve. A slim stem rises from the base to hold the shade. The lamp stands 61cm tall and 30cm across, a size that suits a sideboard, a console or a generous bedside table without crowding it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt that height the shade sits at a comfortable level beside a sofa or armchair, so it works as a reading lamp in a living room as well as a soft evening light on a hallway console or a study desk. Linen softens the light from a bulb and spreads it gently, and the woven texture of the shade glows when the lamp is lit. The blue gives a room one clear note of colour without a busy pattern, and it sits happily against natural wood and pale walls. The 150cm cable gives you some freedom in placing it near a socket, and the switch on the cord lets you turn it on without reaching under the shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp takes an E27 bulb, up to 40W, or an LED of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 9W. Alongside the aluminium and linen, the materials include cotton, PVC, iron and Bakelite. It weighs 2.48KG, so it has some heft on a table. It is rated IP20, which means it is for dry rooms only. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For a settled look, stand it on a wooden sideboard beside a short stack of books, and let the blue base be the strongest colour on that surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, Linen, Cotton, PVC, Iron, Bakelite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnamelled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.48KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82069381-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791020363\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulb does this table lamp take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 bulb. The maximum is 40W for a standard bulb, 5W for an LED or 9W for a CFL.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp stands 61cm tall and measures 30cm across, which suits a sideboard, a console or a generous bedside table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lamp made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is enamelled aluminium and the shade is linen; the materials also include cotton, PVC, iron and Bakelite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, bedroom, hallway or study.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the cable and where is the switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cable is 150cm long, and the switch sits on the cord, so you can turn the lamp on and off without touching the shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there assembly instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through them before you set the lamp up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412590715147,"sku":"82069381","price":185.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82069381.jpg?v=1791020382"},{"product_id":"elinora-wooden-table-lamp-with-linen-shade-brown","title":"Elinora Wooden Table Lamp with Linen Shade - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eElinora is a table lamp with a mango wood base and a linen drum shade, standing 52cm tall and 30cm across. The base rises in a stack of rounded rings from a low domed foot, and the wood is walnut stained and lacquered to a rich brown that shows its grain along every curve. The shade is wide and straight-sided, a calm, simple shape that leaves the ringed base to give the lamp its character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 52cm tall it is a comfortable size for a console table in the hallway, a side table beside the sofa or a bedside table, giving a lamp for reading, for evenings in or for a welcoming light by the front door. It takes an E27 bulb, the common large screw fitting, up to 40W, or an LED bulb up to 5W or a CFL up to 9W. It is rated IP20, which makes it a lamp for dry rooms: the living room, bedroom, hallway or study all suit it well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe materials list names mango wood and linen alongside cotton, PVC, iron and Bakelite, and the wood carries a walnut stain sealed under lacquer. The switch sits on the cord, so you can turn the lamp on without reaching under the shade, and the 150cm cable gives you reach from a sideboard or bedside table to the socket. It weighs 1.53KG, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. Mango wood has a lively grain, and the stain draws it out along each ring. For styling, set it on a console with a vase and a short stack of books, and let the brown wood sit against plain walls and textured fabrics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMango wood, Linen, Cotton, PVC, Iron, Bakelite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWalnut stained, Lacquered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.53KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82069382-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791020391\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lamp made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is mango wood, walnut stained and lacquered, with a linen shade. The materials list also names cotton, PVC, iron and Bakelite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Elinora table lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt stands 52cm tall and measures 30cm across, a comfortable size for a console, a side table or a bedside table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulb does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 screw-in bulb up to 40W, or an LED bulb up to 5W or a CFL bulb up to 9W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, bedroom, hallway or study.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the switch and how long is the cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe switch is on the cord, and the cable is 150cm long, which gives good reach from a table to a wall socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you have the steps to hand when you set the lamp up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412590780683,"sku":"82069382","price":160.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82069382.jpg?v=1791020415"},{"product_id":"etienne-wooden-floor-lamp-with-linen-shade-brown","title":"Etienne Wooden Floor Lamp with Linen Shade - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a tripod floor lamp: three slim legs of mango wood meet under a round linen drum shade, and the whole lamp stands 46cm across and 156cm tall. The wood has a walnut stained, lacquered finish that gives it a rich brown tone while letting the grain show through, and the legs taper towards the floor. Linen lets light through softly, so once the lamp is on, the shade gives a gentle, diffused glow rather than a hard beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 156cm tall it is a good height for reading beside an armchair or sofa, and it suits a living room, a bedroom or a study. The open tripod base takes up little visual space, so it sits comfortably in the corner of a room or beside a console table. The 325cm cable lets you place the lamp well away from the wall socket. The switch sits on the cord, so you can turn it on and off without reaching under the shade. It is rated IP20, so keep it to dry rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes a standard E27 screw bulb: up to 40W, an LED of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 9W. The lamp comes for self-assembly, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. Alongside the mango wood and linen, it is made with cotton, PVC, iron and Bakelite. It weighs 3.15KG, light enough to move from room to room when you rearrange. Like any natural wood, mango wood varies in grain and tone from one piece to the next. For styling, the warm wood and soft linen sit happily with other natural textures such as a linen curtain or a woven basket, and the lamp looks its best with a little floor space left clear around its legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e156cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMango wood, Linen, Cotton, PVC, Iron, Bakelite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWalnut stained, Lacquered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.15KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82069384-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791020424\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the floor lamp made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe legs are mango wood with a walnut stained, lacquered finish and the shade is linen. The lamp also uses cotton, PVC, iron and Bakelite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulb does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 screw bulb with a maximum of 40W. For an LED bulb the maximum is 5W, and for a CFL bulb it is 9W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is it and how much floor space does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt stands 156cm tall and measures 46cm across. That fits beside an armchair, at the end of a sofa or in the corner of a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It comes for self-assembly, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read them in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the cable and where is the switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cable is 325cm long and the switch sits on the cord. You can place the lamp well away from the socket and still reach the switch easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, bedroom, hallway or study.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412590846219,"sku":"82069384","price":219.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82069384.jpg?v=1791020444"},{"product_id":"alida-striped-stoneware-table-lamp-with-linen-shade-multi","title":"Alida Striped Stoneware Table Lamp with Linen Shade - Multi","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlida is a table lamp built around a handpainted stoneware base, striped from neck to foot and topped with a linen drum shade. The base is full and rounded, narrowing to a slim neck and a short, tucked-in foot, so it reads as a vessel as much as a lamp. In all it stands 46cm tall, 33cm long and 19cm wide, and the multicoloured stripes run vertically over the curve of the body, following its shape rather than sitting flat on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 46cm tall it suits a bedside table, a sideboard or the end of a desk, where it gives a soft pool of light for reading or for quiet evenings with the main light off. It sits happily in a living room, bedroom, hallway or study, and looks its best against plain walls and simple wooden furniture, where the stripes have room to show. The 180cm cable gives you reach to a socket that is not right beside the furniture, and the switch sits on the cord, so you can turn the lamp on without reaching up under the shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStoneware, linen and iron make up the lamp, and the stripes are a handpainted finish. It weighs 2.2KG, so it has a reassuring heft on a table. It takes an E27 bulb, the standard large screw fitting, up to 40W, or an LED bulb of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 7W. It is rated IP20, so it belongs in a dry room. Linen lets light through gently, so the shade glows rather than glares once the lamp is lit. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, let the stripes lead: pair the lamp with a short stack of books or a single plant, and keep other busy patterns to the far side of the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStoneware, Linen, Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulti\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulb fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40W \/ LED 5W \/ CFL 7W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82069577-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791020628\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Alida table lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 33cm long, 19cm wide and 46cm tall, a comfortable height for a bedside table, sideboard or desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulb does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes an E27 screw bulb of up to 40W, or an LED bulb of up to 5W or a CFL of up to 7W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lamp made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp is made from stoneware, linen and iron, and the striped base has a handpainted finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the cable and where is the switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cable is 180cm long and the switch sits on the cord, within easy reach when the lamp is on a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only, such as a living room, bedroom or study.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 2.2KG, so it has a reassuring heft and stays put on a bedside table or sideboard.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412591370507,"sku":"82069577","price":128.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82069577.jpg?v=1791020655"},{"product_id":"lennox-wooden-lounge-chair-natural","title":"Lennox Wooden Lounge Chair - Natural","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Lennox lounge chair pairs a teak frame with a woven rattan seat and back, and the weave is what makes it. The rattan runs in a close herringbone, with a large diamond worked into the back, a smaller one across the seat and diagonal bands running out to the edges in a contrasting strand. The chair is 78cm wide, 70cm long and 75cm tall, with a seat 49cm off the floor and 30cm deep. It weighs 9.95KG, light enough for one person to lift from room to room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithout arms and with a wide, open seat, it sits comfortably beside a sofa, at the foot of a bed or by a window in a living room, bedroom or landing. At 49cm the seat is not a low slung one, so it is easy to sit down into and rise from, and the 30cm seat depth keeps you sitting fairly upright, which suits reading, sewing or a long conversation. The maker rates it for a maximum load of 125KG. The natural tones of teak and rattan sit happily with linen, wool and other woven pieces, so it is as at home in a modern flat as in an older house with wooden floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame and legs are teak, with rounded rails along each side of the seat and a stretcher low across the front, and the woven back is bound to its uprights with wrapped bands of rattan. Teak is a dense hardwood, and rattan is a climbing palm whose cane takes well to close weaving. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. To style it, add a single cushion against the back or fold a throw over the seat, and keep the diamond in view.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeak Wood, Rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Teakwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.95KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Lennox lounge chair made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame and legs are teak, and the seat and back are woven rattan, with a contrasting diamond pattern worked into the weave.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth. That is the care the maker gives for the chair, covering both the teak frame and the woven rattan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 78cm wide, 70cm long and 75cm tall, with a seat 49cm off the floor and 30cm deep, so it is worth measuring the space you have in mind first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the chair hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker gives a maximum load of 125KG. The chair itself weighs 9.95KG, so it is easy to move when you rearrange a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with cushions or a throw?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The chair comes on its own, and the styling props shown are not included, so the cushions and throws are yours to choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the chair have arms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an armless lounge chair, with rounded rails along the sides of the seat and a wide, open front that is easy to sit down into.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412633837835,"sku":"82054854","price":698.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82054854.jpg?v=1791023452"},{"product_id":"ruba-wall-shelf-brown","title":"Ruba Wall Shelf - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ruba is a wall shelf that does two jobs at once: a flat board to set things on and, beneath it, a rounded iron rail to hang things from. The board is brown MDF with a visible wood grain, held inside a tubular iron frame whose two sides loop up above the shelf and down below it in one continuous bent line. It is 52cm long, 22cm wide and 22.5cm tall and weighs 0.8KG, a compact piece for a short stretch of wall rather than a whole alcove.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 22cm wide, the board takes a row of paperbacks, a small plant or a few framed photographs, and the maker gives a maximum load of 5KG, so it is for lighter things rather than a long run of heavy books. The rail underneath is where it earns its place: a scarf or a tote bag in a hallway, a tea towel in the kitchen, or tomorrow's outfit on a hanger in a bedroom. It suits a hallway, a kitchen, a bedroom or a study, and it is a good fit for a small flat where every bit of wall has to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is iron and the board MDF, finished with powder coating and a water-based lacquer, and care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. Two keyhole brackets at the back of the frame are how it hangs on the wall, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, keep the board light and loose, a plant and a couple of books, and let the rail carry one thing at a time; a single soft scarf or a linen tea towel draped over the iron looks deliberate rather than cluttered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF, Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated\/Water based lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82055569-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791023481\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Ruba wall shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelf board is MDF and the frame is iron, finished with powder coating and a water-based lacquer. The whole piece weighs 0.8KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker gives a maximum load of 5KG, which suits paperbacks, a small plant or a few ornaments rather than a long run of heavy books.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 52cm long, 22cm wide and 22.5cm tall, with a board deep enough for paperbacks and small pots and a hanging rail underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rail under the shelf for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rounded iron rail beneath the board is for hanging light things, such as a scarf, a tote bag, a tea towel or a garment on a hanger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth. That is the care the maker gives for this shelf, covering both the board and the iron frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling, and how does it go on the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, and two keyhole brackets at the back of the frame are how the shelf hangs on the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412634525963,"sku":"82055569","price":54.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82055569.jpg?v=1791023493"},{"product_id":"sali-wooden-bookcase-beige","title":"Sali Wooden Bookcase - Beige","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis beige bookcase is made entirely of mango wood, and its character comes from the slats. Rows of upright slats form the back, and at each end they curve round into rounded sides, so the open front sits between two softly bowed ends. Inside there are three open shelf levels, and a rail runs along the back and round the ends above the top shelf. It measures 153cm long, 45cm wide and 105cm tall and weighs 33.7KG, so this is a substantial piece of furniture rather than a lightweight stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 105cm tall it stands well below a floor-to-ceiling bookcase, so the top shelf doubles as a display surface for vases, a table lamp or a few framed prints, while the lower shelves take books, magazines and baskets. The 45cm width leaves room for large art books and storage baskets. Its 153cm length suits a living room wall or the space beneath a wide window, and it works in a dining room as a long, low display piece. Because the back and ends are slatted rather than solid panels, light and the wall behind show through, so it looks lighter than a closed cabinet of the same size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMango is a hardwood with a pronounced grain, and that grain stays visible through the lacquered finish on the shelves and every slat. The four tapered legs are mango wood too, and they lift the bottom shelf clear of the floor. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, keep the top shelf sparse with one or two tall pieces and let the lower shelves hold the books and baskets, so the curved ends stay on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e153cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Mango\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Mangowood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82058274-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791023660\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bookcase made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made entirely of mango wood, legs included, and finished with lacquer, so the grain of the wood stays visible across the shelves and slats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 153cm long, 45cm wide and 105cm tall, and it weighs 33.7KG, so it is worth measuring your wall or the space under your window first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are three open shelf levels inside, with the top shelf sitting just below the rail that runs along the back and round the curved ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth. The lacquered finish gives the mango a sealed surface, so a simple wipe is all the maker asks for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through them and see what is involved before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive the bookcase alone, made of mango wood with its tapered legs; the styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412640194827,"sku":"82058274","price":1139.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82058274.jpg?v=1791023686"},{"product_id":"milow-wooden-dining-table-brown","title":"Milow Wooden Dining Table - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a mango wood dining table, 180cm long, 90cm wide and 80cm tall, in brown. The top is a long rectangle with softly rounded corners and a slim edge, and it rests on two broad panel legs rather than four posts. Each panel is cut with close vertical fluting and has a narrow upright opening through its centre, so light passes through the base and the table looks lighter than its 50.2KG would suggest. The whole piece, legs included, is mango wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 180cm by 90cm it is a full-size table for a kitchen, a dining room or an open-plan living space, and the panel legs sit at the two ends, leaving the long sides clear for chairs or a bench. It works as the place a household gathers: homework spread out after school, a jigsaw left out over a weekend, a laptop and a stack of paperwork on a working-from-home day. The maker rates it for a maximum load of 250KG, so a sewing machine or a pile of heavy books is no trouble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMango is a hardwood with a lively grain, and as a natural timber it varies in tone and figure from one table to the next, so yours will be its own. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. The table arrives for home assembly, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. The styling props shown are not included. For styling, the brown wood and the fluted ends pair well with a long wooden bench, cane or rush seats, and a linen runner down the centre, with a jug of dried grasses as the one tall thing on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Mango\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown Mangowood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.2KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82059352-assembly-instructions-1.pdf?v=1791023830\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 1) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82059352-assembly-instructions-2.pdf?v=1791023838\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 2) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the table made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made entirely of mango wood, and the two fluted panel legs are mango wood too, in the same brown as the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 180cm long, 90cm wide and 80cm tall, and it weighs 50.2KG, so measure your room with the chairs pulled out in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth; that is the maker's care instruction for the whole table, top and legs alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the table need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The table needs putting together, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read them in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the table take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker gives a maximum load of 250KG for the table, so books, a laptop or a sewing machine are well within it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bench included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the table on its own; the bench and the other styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412642554123,"sku":"82059352","price":1118.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82059352.jpg?v=1791023856"},{"product_id":"maris-round-aluminium-side-table-brass","title":"Maris Round Aluminium Side Table - Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Maris side table is a slim, round piece in brass-coloured aluminium. It is made as a single stem that rises from a broad, rounded foot to a flat top with a shallow raised rim. The metal has a mottled, softly aged surface rather than a mirror shine. It is 30cm across and 51cm tall, a compact size that fits beside a chair without taking over the floor. By composition it is 83% aluminium, 15.5% iron and 1.5% MDF, and it weighs 2.4KG. Aluminium is a light metal, so the table is easy to lift and move from one room to another as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe top is small, so treat it as a perch rather than a work surface. There is room for a candlestick, a paperback or two, your phone and a small vase. The maker gives a maximum load of 20KG, so a stack of books or a potted plant is the kind of load it is made for. In a living room it tucks in beside an armchair or the arm of a sofa. In a bedroom it works as a narrow bedside table where a full cabinet would crowd the space. The single stem and small footprint suit flats, reading nooks and the gap between a chair and a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stem is aluminium in the same brass colour as the top, with a small collar where it meets the underside, and the foot is a broad, rounded drum shape. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. The styling props shown are not included. For styling, set it beside soft upholstery such as a velvet or linen armchair, where the brass catches the light from a window. Keep the top to one or two pieces so its slim outline stays clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83% Aluminium, 15.5% Iron, 1.5% MDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82059611-assembly-instructions-1.pdf?v=1791023865\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 1) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82059611-assembly-instructions-2.pdf?v=1791023872\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (part 2) (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the table top and how tall is the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe round top is 30cm across with a shallow raised rim, and the table stands 51cm tall, a comfortable height beside an armchair or sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the side table hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker gives a maximum load of 20KG, so books, a candlestick or a potted plant are well suited to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Maris side table made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 83% aluminium, 15.5% iron and 1.5% MDF, with the stem in brass-coloured aluminium. The whole table weighs 2.4KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the brass finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth, which is the care the maker recommends for this brass-coloured aluminium table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with assembly instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through the steps in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412643176715,"sku":"82059611","price":135.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82059611.jpg?v=1791023884"},{"product_id":"sali-round-wooden-coffee-table-brown","title":"Sali Round Wooden Coffee Table - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis round coffee table is made of mango wood, 60cm across and 50cm tall, brown and lacquered. What makes it itself is the way the sides are built. A ring of slim, rounded slats runs all the way round beneath the top, with narrow gaps between them. From across the room it reads as a solid drum, and close up you can see through to the shelves. There are two round shelves inside that ring, one halfway down and one just above the floor, and the whole table stands on tapered legs in natural mango wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60cm across it suits a smaller living room or a snug, where a larger table would crowd the floor, and at 50cm tall the top sits within easy reach of a sofa or an armchair. The two shelves do the work of a small bookcase. Keep books and magazines on the middle one and a basket or a folded throw on the lower one, so the top stays clear for a plant, a candle or a favourite vase. We like it just as much beside a reading chair as a generous side table, and the round outline is easy to walk around in a room where people come and go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe top, the slats and the shelves are mango, and the legs are natural mango wood. Mango has a lively, varied grain, so each slat and shelf carries its own pattern. The lacquered finish seals the surface, and care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. The table weighs 12KG, which is worth knowing if you like to move furniture between rooms. For styling, let the slats show. Keep the top to one plant or a pair of ceramic vases, leave the shelves loosely filled, and lay a woven rug underneath to pick up the texture of the wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMango\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLacquered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Mangowood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the coffee table made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is mango wood with a lacquered finish, and the tapered legs are natural mango wood too. Mango has a lively, varied grain that shows across the slats and shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 60cm across and 50cm tall and weighs 12KG. That is a compact size for a smaller living room, a snug or beside a reading chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are two round shelves beneath the top, set inside the slatted sides. One is halfway down and one is just above the floor, so you have three surfaces in all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I look after it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth. The lacquered finish seals the mango wood, so a damp wipe is all the care it needs day to day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a side table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. At 50cm tall and 60cm across it sits comfortably beside a sofa or an armchair, and the two shelves keep books and magazines close to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412650909963,"sku":"82062984","price":428.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82062984.jpg?v=1791024360"},{"product_id":"begonia-striped-stoneware-jug-1300ml-green","title":"Begonia Striped Stoneware Jug 1300ml - Green","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Begonia jug is a tall stoneware jug decorated with green stripes painted by hand, each one laid down in a runny glaze that thins at the edges and gathers along the brushstroke. It holds 1300ml, which makes it a full serving jug for the table rather than a little jug for milk: the size you reach for when the whole table wants water or juice. It stands 23.5cm tall, measures 11cm across and 17cm long, and weighs 0.82KG empty. A pinched spout at the rim and a long looped handle running most of the way down the body give it an easy, upright shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt belongs in the kitchen and on the dining table. Fill it with iced water for supper, juice at breakfast or homemade lemonade to carry out to the garden table on a warm afternoon; it is made for food and drink, so it earns its place in daily use. Between meals, the tall, narrow body suits a handful of fresh stems or a bunch of dried grasses on a shelf, sideboard or windowsill, where the painted stripes read well from across the room. It suits anyone who likes tableware with a hand-finished look, and it makes a thoughtful gift for a new home or a friend who loves to host.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made entirely of stoneware, a dense ceramic fired at high temperature that stands up well to everyday use. The stripes are painted by hand and finished in a runny glaze, so the lines wander a little and the colour pools in places along each stroke. Care is simple: it goes in the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven, so you can warm milk in it and wash it with the rest of the crockery afterwards. Stand it beside plain glass tumblers and a linen napkin so the green stripes have the room to themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecorated with handpainted stripes in runny glaze\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.82KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the jug hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1300ml, a generous size for serving water, juice or lemonade at the table rather than a small jug for milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher and the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It goes in the dishwasher and the microwave, and it can go in the oven too, so it fits easily into everyday kitchen routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the jug made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, with green stripes painted by hand and finished in a runny glaze, so each stroke shows the movement of the brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt stands 23.5cm tall, measures 11cm across and 17cm long, and weighs 0.82KG, so it sits comfortably on a dining table or a kitchen shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a vase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its tall, narrow body suits fresh stems or dried grasses, and once it has been through the dishwasher it can go straight back to serving drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill my jug look exactly the same as every other one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stripes are painted by hand in a runny glaze, so the width of each line and the way the colour gathers can vary slightly from one jug to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412652253451,"sku":"82052262","price":43.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82052262.jpg?v=1791024444"},{"product_id":"hazem-wooden-cabinet-80cm-blue","title":"Hazem Wooden Cabinet 80cm - Blue","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a two-door cabinet in painted firwood, finished in blue, with tempered glass set into both doors so whatever you keep inside stays on view. It measures 80cm long, 35cm wide and 80cm tall, as tall as it is long, which gives it a neat, squared-up front. Inside, a single shelf divides the space into an upper and a lower level. The wood inside is left showing the natural grain of the fir, so your books and ceramics sit against warm timber rather than paint. The material is 80% firwood, 19% tempered glass and 1% iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 80cm tall it sits at a comfortable height for a table lamp or a vase on top. The 35cm width keeps it slim enough for a hallway or a landing, or for the length of a living room wall. It works well in a living room for books and favourite ceramics, in a bedroom for folded knits and keepsakes, or in a home office for files you want close at hand but tidy. With glass in both doors, it suits anyone who likes their things on show rather than hidden away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe finish is painted, and four short legs lift the cabinet clear of the floor. Each door has its own metal handle, and the hinges sit on the outside of the frame. The back is a plain wooden panel showing the grain. At 15.14KG it is a solid piece, so it is worth choosing its spot before you put it together. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. The styling props shown are not included. For a calm arrangement, keep the glass fronts uncluttered: stand a few tall books on one side and a jug or bowl on the other, and let a lamp on top bring the whole piece into the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80% Firwood, 19% Tempered Glass, 1% Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.14KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82063509-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791024633\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cabinet made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 80% firwood, 19% tempered glass and 1% iron. It has a painted blue finish on the outside, and the grain of the fir shows inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 80cm long, 35cm wide and 80cm tall, and it weighs 15.14KG. That makes it a good fit for a hallway, a landing or a living room wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves are inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is one shelf inside, which divides the space behind the two glass doors into an upper and a lower level for books or ceramics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre both doors glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both doors are fitted with tempered glass in a painted frame, and each door has its own metal handle, so you can see everything you keep inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the cabinet need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker supplies assembly instructions, and they come as a PDF download, so you can read through the steps before you start building it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412658217227,"sku":"82063509","price":569.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82063509.jpg?v=1791024652"},{"product_id":"marsala-stoneware-bowl-21cm-brown","title":"Marsala Stoneware Bowl 21cm - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a round stoneware bowl, 21cm across and 8cm tall, holding 1400ml. Inside, a repeating pattern of four-petalled flowers, each one outlined in fine dots, covers the surface from the rim to the centre against a brown ground. The outside is just as detailed: a band of raised dots runs below the rim between fine grooved lines, and rows of leaf and diamond shapes stand out in relief down to a neat foot. A glossy surface catches the light across the pattern, so the bowl looks good whether it is full or sitting empty on a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 1400ml this is a serving bowl rather than a single portion: big enough for a salad or a pasta dish to share in the middle of the table, or a pile of fruit on the kitchen counter. It suits a dining table where the brown pattern sits happily beside wood, linen and other earthy tableware, and it is as at home at an everyday family supper as at a weekend lunch with guests. Because it is microwave safe, leftovers can go straight back in to be warmed through without moving them to another dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware and weighs 0.79KG, so it feels solid in the hand. Stoneware is a dense, hardwearing ceramic that copes well with daily use. It is dishwasher safe and microwave safe, but it is not oven safe, so we would keep it for serving and reheating rather than baking. For styling, set it on a plain wooden board or a linen runner where the pattern inside can be seen from above, and fill it with something bright, such as oranges or lemons, so the fruit stands out against the brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.79KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this bowl go in the dishwasher and the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is both dishwasher safe and microwave safe, so you can reheat food in it and wash it in the dishwasher afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in the oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not oven safe, so we would keep it for serving at the table and reheating in the microwave rather than baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the bowl and how much does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 21cm across and 8cm tall and holds 1400ml, which makes it a serving bowl for sharing rather than a single portion bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of and how heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, a dense and hardwearing ceramic, and the bowl weighs 0.79KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pattern on the inside or the outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth, in different ways. The flower pattern covers the inside, while the outside carries a band of raised dots and leaf and diamond shapes in relief.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412662018315,"sku":"82057473","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82057473.jpg?v=1791024680"},{"product_id":"marsala-stoneware-bowl-20cm-yellow","title":"Marsala Stoneware Bowl 20cm - Yellow","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a generous stoneware bowl in a warm yellow glaze, 20cm across and 6cm tall, with a capacity of 1100ml. Inside, the surface is pressed with rows of small flowers, and their raised edges read a shade paler than the glaze around them, so the pattern catches the light as you turn the bowl. The outside carries a different design: a band of interlocking petal shapes in relief that runs from just below the rim down to a plain foot. It is wide and fairly shallow, which puts it somewhere between a deep plate and a cereal bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 1100ml it is a proper main-course bowl rather than a side dish. Pasta, a salad with plenty of leaves, a noodle soup or a grain bowl for lunch all sit comfortably in it, with room to toss and stir. The low, open shape makes it easy to eat from at the table or on the sofa, and it is broad enough to work as a sharing bowl of olives or fruit in the middle of the table. It sits happily alongside warm, earthy tableware, and it brightens a plain wooden table on a dull morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% stoneware, a dense ceramic that holds heat well, and this bowl weighs 0.75KG. The maker lists it as food safe, dishwasher safe and microwave safe, so it goes in the dishwasher and you can reheat leftovers in it in the microwave. It is not oven safe, so it is one for serving and eating rather than baking. The glaze has a glossy finish inside and out, which shows off the relief. For the table, pair it with plain stoneware in quiet tones so the pressed flowers stand out, or stack a few on an open shelf where the yellow can be seen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bowl made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% stoneware with a glossy yellow glaze, and the bowl weighs 0.75KG, so it has a pleasing heft in the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher and the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes to both. The maker lists it as dishwasher safe and microwave safe, so you can reheat food in it and wash it in the machine afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in the oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not oven safe, so use it for serving, eating and reheating in the microwave rather than for baking or roasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it and how much does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 20cm across and 6cm tall and holds 1100ml, a good size for a main portion of pasta, salad or noodles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pattern like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe inside is pressed with rows of small flowers, and the outside has a band of interlocking petal shapes in relief, both under the same yellow glaze.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412662116619,"sku":"82057475","price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82057475.jpg?v=1791024697"},{"product_id":"glass-cocktail-shaker-silver","title":"Glass Cocktail Shaker - Silver","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur glass cocktail shaker pairs a glass body with a shiny stainless steel top in silver, so you can watch a drink come together as you build it. It stands 17.5cm tall and 9cm across, a compact size for mixing at home that leaves room on a crowded bar cart or shelf. The body tapers gently towards its base, and the domed steel top finishes in a small rounded cap. Glass does not take on the smell or taste of what it held, so a whisky sour one evening will not leave its trace in a gin fizz the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is food safe, so it is made for mixing real drinks: shaking a margarita, a daiquiri or an espresso martini over ice, or building alcohol-free cocktails and iced lemonades for friends who are not drinking. It suits the home bartender who likes to make a round for guests, a host setting up a drinks corner for a party, or a couple who enjoy a cocktail on a Friday evening. At 0.4KG it is easy to lift and shake. It also makes a thoughtful housewarming or birthday present for anyone putting together a home bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe body is glass and the top is stainless steel, and the whole shaker is dishwasher safe, which makes clearing up after a party much quicker. It is not suitable for the microwave or the oven, so keep it out of both and use it for mixing rather than heating anything. Between uses it earns its place on display: stand it on a bar cart, a sideboard or an open kitchen shelf beside your glassware, where the silver top catches the light and the glass body keeps the look airy. Pair it with a few cut-glass tumblers and a small bowl of lemons for an easy drinks corner that looks ready for guests whenever they arrive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass, Stainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cocktail shaker made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe body is glass and the top and cap are stainless steel in silver, and it is food safe for mixing drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the cocktail shaker go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is dishwasher safe, so it can go straight in after a party. It is not suitable for the microwave or the oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the cocktail shaker?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 9cm across and 17.5cm tall and weighs 0.4KG, a compact size for mixing drinks at home or keeping on a bar cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for alcohol-free drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is food safe, so it works just as well for shaking alcohol-free cocktails, iced teas or fruit juices over ice as it does for classic cocktails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I see the drink while I am mixing it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lower part of the shaker is glass, so you can watch the ingredients and ice as you build and shake the drink before pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412662870283,"sku":"82057729","price":22.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82057729.jpg?v=1791024711"},{"product_id":"begonia-striped-stoneware-jug-1300ml-brown","title":"Begonia Striped Stoneware Jug 1300ml - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Begonia jug is made from stoneware and painted by hand with broad brown stripes that run from the rim down to the base. It holds 1300ml, a generous size for a jug that lives on the table rather than in the cupboard, and it stands 23.5cm tall, 11cm across and 17cm long. The body is tall and close to a straight cylinder, with a pouring lip at the rim and a wide loop handle with room for your fingers. Each stripe wavers a little along its length, the way a brushed line does, so it looks made by hand rather than printed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it is food safe, it is made for pouring: water with a meal, juice at breakfast, milk for tea or lemonade on a warm afternoon. Its 1300ml capacity suits sharing a drink round the table, while at 11cm across it sits easily between plates on a busy dinner table or at the back of a kitchen worktop. It belongs in a relaxed kitchen or dining room, and the brown stripes sit happily alongside wood, woven baskets and plain linen. It also makes a welcome gift for someone setting up a first home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stripes are painted by hand in a runny glaze, so their edges soften slightly where the glaze has moved during firing. Stoneware is fired at high temperatures, which makes it dense and hard-wearing for everyday use. Care is simple: the jug is dishwasher safe, and it is microwave and oven safe too, so you can warm milk in it without reaching for a pan. It weighs 0.856KG. Between meals, let it stand on an open shelf or a dresser, where the stripes earn their place even when the jug is empty, and pair it with plain crockery so the pattern stays the focus.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecorated with handpainted stripes in runny glaze\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.856KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the jug hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1300ml, which makes it a generous table jug for water, juice or milk to share with a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jug is dishwasher safe, and it is also microwave and oven safe, so everyday care is straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve drinks from it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jug is listed as food safe, so you can pour water, juice, milk or other drinks from it at the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt stands 23.5cm tall, measures 11cm across and is 17cm long, and it weighs 0.856KG, so it sits comfortably on a table or shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the stripes printed or painted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are painted by hand in a runny glaze, which is why the lines waver slightly and their edges look soft rather than crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the jug made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% stoneware, a dense, hard-wearing material that is fired at high temperatures and suits everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412664377611,"sku":"82058256","price":52.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82058256.jpg?v=1791024734"},{"product_id":"dahlia-stoneware-platter-brown","title":"Dahlia Stoneware Platter - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Dahlia platter is a round stoneware serving platter, 32.5cm across and 3cm tall, with a low upright rim running all the way round. The finish is brown across one half and a lighter, speckled tone across the other, the two meeting along a soft diagonal, while fine concentric rings spread out from the centre. At 32.5cm it is well beyond dinner plate size: this is a proper sharing piece for the middle of the table rather than something for one. It weighs 2KG, a solid, reassuring weight in the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the platter for the food everyone shares: a roast carved and laid out, warm bread rolls, a cheese spread, roasted vegetables or a pile of flatbreads. The low rim gives everything a neat edge to sit within. It suits a family Sunday lunch, a dinner party or a slow weekend breakfast in the kitchen or dining room, and between meals it can lean against the back of a dresser or open kitchen shelf, where the two-tone finish works as decoration in its own right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker rates it for food use and for the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven. In practice that means you can warm it in the oven before a roast comes out, reheat a portion on it in the microwave and put it straight in the dishwasher afterwards. Stoneware is a dense, hard-wearing ceramic that holds heat well, which suits food brought warm to the table. For styling, lay it on a bare wooden table or a linen runner and pair it with plain stoneware bowls in warm, earthy tones; at 32.5cm across, it is worth checking your cupboard depth before it joins your everyday stack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put the Dahlia platter in the oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker rates it for the oven, so you can warm it before serving a roast or a bake and bring the food to the table on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it go in the dishwasher and the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes to both. The maker rates it for the dishwasher and the microwave, so you can reheat leftovers on it and clean it without hand washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the platter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 32.5cm across and 3cm tall and weighs 2KG. That is well beyond dinner plate size, so it works as a sharing platter for the middle of the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of, and can food go straight on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 100% stoneware, and the maker rates it for food use, so bread, cheese, roasts and vegetables can go directly onto the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I get with my order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive one stoneware platter. The styling props shown are not included, so the bowls, jugs, linen and food are not part of the order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412664869131,"sku":"82058372","price":42.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82058372.jpg?v=1791024752"},{"product_id":"maple-stoneware-teapot-900ml-cream","title":"Maple Stoneware Teapot 900ml - Cream","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Maple teapot is a round-bellied stoneware pot in cream, 14cm across and 16cm tall, and it holds 900ml. Fine vertical lines run up the lower body, a wavy band circles the shoulder and repeats across the lid, and a small round knob sits on top. A long curved spout and an open loop handle complete a shape that looks at home on a farmhouse table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 900ml this is a pot for sharing rather than a single cup, so it suits a slow weekend breakfast, tea at the kitchen table or an afternoon with friends. It sits neatly on a tray beside mugs and small bowls, and between brews it is a pleasing piece to leave out on an open kitchen shelf or a dresser. Stoneware holds heat well, which is just what you want from a teapot when the second cup comes round. It is a good choice for anyone who prefers their tea made in a pot, and it makes a thoughtful housewarming gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pattern is a decal print finished with handpainted details, so each pot carries small touches applied by hand. There is no strainer inside, so use tea bags or pour loose leaf tea through a separate strainer into the cup. Warming the pot with hot water before brewing is an old habit that suits stoneware well. Care is easy: it goes in the dishwasher, and it can also go in the microwave and the oven. It weighs 0.706KG. For styling, pair it with cups and bowls in other patterns; the cream ground and quiet lines sit easily beside bolder prints, woven baskets and warm wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCream\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo strainer. Decal print with handpainted details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.706KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the teapot have a built-in strainer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. There is no strainer inside, so use tea bags or pour loose leaf tea through a separate strainer as you fill each cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much tea does it hold and how big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds 900ml, making it a pot for sharing at the table rather than a single serving, and it is 14cm across and 16cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It goes in the dishwasher, and the maker also marks it as suitable for the microwave and the oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the teapot made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, a dense ceramic that holds heat well, with a decal print finished with handpainted details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with its lid, which carries the same wavy band as the body and has a small round knob for lifting it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412665852171,"sku":"82058612","price":22.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82058612.jpg?v=1791024826"},{"product_id":"thorun-wooden-bowl-40x9cm-brown","title":"Thorun Wooden Bowl 40x9cm - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a long, narrow serving bowl in mango wood, shaped with three rounded hollows in a row and a slim handle that tapers out from one end. It measures 40cm long, 9cm wide and 2.5cm tall, so the hollows are shallow: right for small nibbles you pick up with your fingers rather than anything runny. The wood is brown, with its grain clearly visible across the top and down into each hollow, and at 0.262KG it is light enough to lift by the handle and pass along the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree hollows means three things side by side: salted nuts, olives and dried figs before dinner, or almonds, raisins and chocolate buttons for a film night. Its length suits a narrow spot, so it runs neatly down the middle of a dining table, along a kitchen island or across a sideboard where guests gather with a drink. The bowl is approved for contact with food, so there is no need to line the hollows before you fill them. When it is not serving, the same shape makes a tidy dish on a console or dressing table for rings, keys and hair grips, one small thing to each hollow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bowl is 100% mango wood with a food safe lacquer finish. It is not dishwasher safe, so wash it by hand; it is not microwave safe or oven safe either, so keep it for serving at the table rather than warming anything through. Mango wood is a dense hardwood with a lively grain, and that grain is the main decoration here: there is no paint or pattern on top. For styling, lay it lengthways on a long board or table runner with the handle turned towards your guests, and fill the hollows in contrasting tones, pale nuts beside dark fruit, so all three stand out against the wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Mango\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.262KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bowl made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% mango wood and finished with a food safe lacquer, and it is approved for contact with food, so food can go straight into the hollows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not dishwasher safe, so wash it by hand. It is not microwave safe or oven safe either, so keep it out of both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 40cm long, 9cm wide and 2.5cm tall, with three shallow rounded hollows in a row and a slim handle at one end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it best for serving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits small nibbles such as nuts, olives or dried fruit, one kind to each of its three hollows, since the hollows are fairly shallow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 0.262KG, so it is light enough to pick up by its handle and pass around the table without effort.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412666835211,"sku":"82059534","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82059534.jpg?v=1791024881"},{"product_id":"limone-stoneware-jug-1600ml-yellow","title":"Limone Stoneware Jug 1600ml - Yellow","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis stoneware jug holds 1600ml and wears a glossy yellow glaze, with a cluster of lemons and leaves standing out in relief beside the handle. The body is full and rounded, narrowing gently towards the foot, with a wide pouring lip and a generous loop handle that leaves room for your fingers. It stands 21cm tall and measures 17cm across, so it sits easily on a table without crowding the plates, and at 1.034KG empty it feels solid and steady in the hand. Part of each jug is decorated by hand, which gives the raised fruit its character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 1600ml this is a serving jug rather than a milk jug: big enough for water, lemonade or iced tea on the lunch table, or fruit juice at a weekend breakfast. The maker marks it as suitable for food, so it can hold whatever you pour at the table, from fresh juice to a jug of cold water with sliced lemon. It suits a kitchen, a dining room or a garden table on a warm afternoon, and between meals it brings a cheerful patch of yellow to an open shelf or dresser. It also makes a thoughtful gift for anyone who likes their table bright and a little playful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStoneware is dense and hard wearing, and the maker rates this jug for the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven, so it goes straight into the dishwasher after a long lunch rather than waiting at the sink. The microwave rating means you can warm milk in it for a hot chocolate on a cold morning. For styling, pair it with plain plates and clear glasses and let the yellow do the talking, or keep it out on the worktop with the lemons turned to face the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart of item is handdecorated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.034KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the lemon jug hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1600ml, which makes it a serving jug for water, lemonade or juice at the table rather than a small milk jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the jug go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker says it can go in the dishwasher, and it is rated for the microwave and the oven too, so everyday washing is simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the jug made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware with a glossy yellow glaze, and part of each jug is decorated by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt stands 21cm tall and measures 17cm across, and it weighs 1.034KG, so it sits comfortably on a dining table or a kitchen shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve drinks from it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker marks it as suitable for food, so you can serve water, juice, lemonade or iced tea from it at the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lemon decoration raised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the lemons and leaves stand out in relief on one side of the jug, beside the handle, so you can feel them under your fingers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412668113163,"sku":"82060166","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82060166.jpg?v=1791024956"},{"product_id":"limone-lemon-stoneware-teapot-730ml-yellow","title":"Limone Lemon Stoneware Teapot 730ml - Yellow","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Limone teapot is shaped like a whole lemon. The round yellow stoneware body carries a dimpled lemon on the lid, and two more sculpted lemons with their leaves cluster where the handle joins the pot. The spout and handle are modelled as branches, so the whole piece reads like fruit still on the tree. It holds 730ml, a pot for a small table rather than a crowd, and it measures 21cm across and 14cm tall, weighing 0.56KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a teapot for unhurried moments: a pot brewed at the kitchen table, a tray carried into the garden on a warm afternoon, or a weekend breakfast laid out for two. Stoneware holds heat well, which suits a pot left on the table while the conversation carries on. There is no strainer inside, so tea bags are the simplest choice; for loose leaf tea, pour through a separate strainer held over the cup. Between pots it is cheerful enough to stay out on an open kitchen shelf, and it makes a thoughtful present for anyone who loves a sunny breakfast table or a lemon motif.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe teapot is made from 100% stoneware with a glossy finish, and part of each one is decorated by hand. Care is easy: it goes in the dishwasher, and it can also go in the microwave and the oven. The lid lifts off for filling and rinsing. For styling, give it plenty of plain space: a pale linen cloth, simple cups and a small bowl of fresh lemons let the sculpted fruit on the lid and handle take the lead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo strainer. Part of item is handdecorated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.56KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the teapot have a strainer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. There is no strainer inside the pot, so tea bags work best, or pour loose leaf tea through a separate strainer held over each cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much tea does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds 730ml, which suits a small table rather than a large gathering, and it measures 21cm across and 14cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It goes in the dishwasher, and the maker also lists it for use in the microwave and the oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the teapot made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% stoneware with a glossy finish, and part of each teapot is decorated by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy and how big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 0.56KG and measures 21cm across and 14cm tall, a compact size for a tray or an open kitchen shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412668309771,"sku":"82060167","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82060167.jpg?v=1791024980"},{"product_id":"millian-wooden-wall-shelf-110-5x96cm-beige","title":"Millian Wooden Wall Shelf 110.5x96cm - Beige","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eMillian is a mango wall shelf, built as three long boards held on two upright posts, and it is a proper piece of furniture rather than a single ledge. It measures 96cm long, 28cm wide and 110.5cm tall, so it covers a good stretch of wall and gives you three generous levels to fill. The wood is 100% mango in beige, and each board shows its own grain running along its length. The two uprights rise past the top shelf and drop below the bottom one, with stepped notches cut into them at intervals, which gives the frame a carpenter's feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it hangs on the wall and leaves the floor clear, it suits rooms where floor space is tight: a hallway, a bedroom wall beside the bed, or a living room alcove. At 28cm wide the boards hold books, plants in pots and framed prints leaned against the wall, and 96cm of length gives each level room for a row of them. In a home office it keeps files and favourite objects within reach of the desk without adding another piece of furniture to the floor. Beige mango sits easily with linen, rattan and other woods, and works as well in a calm Scandinavian room as in a warmer, more layered one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mango has a lacquer finish, and the uprights are mango too, so the whole piece is one wood from top to bottom. A lacquered surface is sealed, so care is a wipe with a moist cloth. It weighs 12KG, which is worth knowing when you plan where it will hang, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, give the bottom board the heavier pieces, books stacked flat or a large pot, and keep the top board lighter, with a single print or a trailing plant, so the eye travels up the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Mango\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Mango\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82064169-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791024969\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wall shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% mango wood, uprights included, and the boards have a lacquer finish that lets the grain of the wood show through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 96cm long, 28cm wide and 110.5cm tall, with three shelf boards spaced up the two uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are three shelf boards, each running the full 96cm length, held on two notched mango uprights that extend past the top and bottom boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth, which is the maker's care advice for the lacquered mango boards and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it goes together from its boards and uprights, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download for you to read through first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 12KG, so it is a substantial piece of furniture to lift into place and hang on the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412668408075,"sku":"82064169","price":407.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82064169.jpg?v=1791024983"},{"product_id":"limone-lemon-stoneware-bowl-21cm-yellow","title":"Limone Lemon Stoneware Bowl 21cm - Yellow","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a round stoneware bowl shaped as a ring of lemons, their dimpled skins raised in relief all the way round the outside, with a cluster of leaves sitting proud on one side. The rim follows the tops of the fruit in a wavy, scalloped line, so it reads as a circle of lemons gathered together rather than a plain dish with a pattern on it. It is 21cm across and 6.5cm tall and holds 1090ml, which makes it a wide, shallow serving bowl rather than a deep mixing bowl. The inside is yellow too, and the bowl weighs 0.774KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe see it most at home on the kitchen table, or on a dining table laid for a relaxed lunch. The wide, shallow shape suits food you pick from: biscuits with coffee, olives and nuts before dinner, a side salad, or a pile of fresh lemons on the worktop. It goes in the oven and the microwave too, so it can bake a small crumble or warm something through and then come straight to the table. It suits anyone who likes cheerful, sunny tableware, and it makes an easy gift for a friend who cooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePart of the decoration is finished by hand, which gives the raised fruit and leaves a softer look than a printed pattern. Stoneware is a dense, hard-wearing ceramic, and this bowl goes in the dishwasher as well as the microwave and the oven, so it can be used every day and cleaned without fuss. For styling, set it on a plain wooden board or a linen runner where the lemons in relief can be seen from all sides, and between meals fill it with whole fruit as an easy centrepiece for the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart of item is handdecorated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1090ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.774KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the lemon bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 21cm across and 6.5cm tall and holds 1090ml, so it is a wide, shallow serving bowl rather than a deep one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It goes in the dishwasher, and it can also go in the microwave and the oven, so it is easy to use every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve food in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker states it is suitable for food, so it works for biscuits, olives, fruit or a side salad, and it can bake a small crumble in the oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bowl made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, a dense, hard-wearing ceramic, and part of its decoration is finished by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 0.774KG, a solid weight for a stoneware serving bowl that is 21cm across and 6.5cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the inside decorated as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lemons and leaves are raised on the outside only. The inside is plain yellow, with the wavy rim following the tops of the fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412668440843,"sku":"82060168","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82060168.jpg?v=1791024997"},{"product_id":"limone-stoneware-platter-yellow","title":"Limone Stoneware Platter - Yellow","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an oval serving platter in yellow stoneware, with a cluster of raised lemons and leaves on the rim at one end. It is 36cm long, 21cm wide and 5cm tall, a proper sharing size: long enough for grilled fish or a row of starters, and narrow enough to fit down the middle of most tables. Stoneware is a dense, hard-wearing clay, and at 1.13KG the platter has a reassuring weight in the hand. A shallow raised rim frames the flat centre, so the lemons sit on the edge rather than in the food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for serving: sliced tomatoes with olive oil, grilled sardines, a lemon tart cut into wedges, or cheese and crackers handed round with drinks. It is at home on a summer lunch table, at a garden buffet or on the kitchen counter at a family supper, and the yellow brings sunshine to a plain white table. Between meals it can stand on a dresser shelf or in a glass-fronted cabinet, where the raised fruit catches the eye, or hold fruit on a sideboard. It suits anyone who likes Mediterranean colour and a little wit in their tableware, and it makes an easy present for a keen host.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePart of the platter is decorated by hand, and the lemons and leaves stand in relief rather than being painted flat. It is approved for food, and it goes in the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven, so you can warm a dish through, carry it straight to the table and load it into the dishwasher afterwards. Because the fruit stands proud of the rim, give it a little room in the rack. For the table, turn the lemon end towards your guests and pair it with plain linen and fresh herbs, which let the yellow do the talking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart of item is handdecorated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.13KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the platter made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, a dense and hard-wearing clay, and part of the platter is decorated by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It goes in the dishwasher, so it can be cleared away with the rest of the plates after a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in the oven and the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It goes in both the oven and the microwave, so you can warm food on it and bring it straight to the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the platter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 36cm long, 21cm wide and 5cm tall, and it weighs 1.13KG, a good size for sharing dishes down the middle of the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it good for serving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts long oval shape suits food laid out in a line, such as grilled fish, sliced tomatoes, a cut tart or cheese and crackers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive one yellow stoneware platter with its raised lemon decoration. The styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412668899595,"sku":"82060169","price":40.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82060169.jpg?v=1791025016"},{"product_id":"begonia-striped-stoneware-bowl-23-5cm-green","title":"Begonia Striped Stoneware Bowl 23.5cm - Green","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a wide stoneware serving bowl, 23.5cm across and 8cm tall, with green stripes painted by hand around the outside. The stripes run from the foot up to the rim and are not quite regular: some are broader than others, and their edges are soft where the runny glaze has spread. A fine painted line finishes the rim, and the inside is left plain and smooth. It holds 1700ml, which puts it firmly in serving size rather than a bowl you would eat from, and at 0.95KG it has the satisfying weight of proper stoneware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet it in the middle of the kitchen or dining table with a salad, a pasta dish or a heap of new potatoes, and let everyone help themselves. At 1700ml it is a generous size for sharing at a family meal or for a side dish when friends come round, and the open, sloping sides make it easy to reach in with serving spoons. Between meals it works well as a fruit bowl on a kitchen counter or dresser, where the stripes add a lively touch. We think it suits anyone who likes hand-finished tableware that feels relaxed rather than formal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made entirely of stoneware and decorated with handpainted stripes in a runny glaze. Stoneware is dense and hard-wearing, which suits a bowl that will be reached for most days of the week. It goes in the dishwasher, so clearing up after dinner is simple, but it is not for the microwave or the oven: keep it for serving, and heat or cook food in another dish before you bring it to the table. For styling, we would pair it with plain plates so the stripes carry the table, or pile fruit high in it on an open shelf where the sloping sides show the whole band of painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecorated with handpainted stripes in runny glaze\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1700ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.95KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is this bowl and how much does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 23.5cm across and 8cm tall and holds 1700ml, a generous serving size for salads, pasta or vegetables to share at the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it goes in the dishwasher, which makes it easy to use every day and simple to clear away after a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in the microwave or the oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not for the microwave or the oven, so heat or cook food in another dish and use this bowl for serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bowl made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, with handpainted green stripes in a runny glaze around the outside and a plain inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the stripes painted by hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The stripes are handpainted in a runny glaze, so their widths and edges are slightly irregular rather than perfectly uniform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 0.95KG, which gives it a solid, substantial feel when you lift it and carry it to the table.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412669391115,"sku":"82060362","price":36.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82060362.jpg?v=1791025031"},{"product_id":"preston-wooden-wall-shelf-green","title":"Preston Wooden Wall Shelf - Green","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Preston wall shelf is a shallow pine grid that gives the small things you like to see every day a place of their own on the wall. It is 67cm long, 12cm wide and 41cm tall, laid out as open compartments five across and three down, and painted green all over, inside every compartment as well as on the frame. With only 12cm from front to back it sits close to the wall, so it gives you somewhere to put things without pushing out into the room the way a bookcase would.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits anyone who collects small pieces and would rather see them in order than crowded along a windowsill: little vases, candle holders, shells, dried flowers, a row of thimbles or a child's keepsakes. Hang it over a sideboard or a desk in a living room, hallway or study, or on a bedroom wall where a full bookcase would feel too heavy. It also hangs the other way round, so on a tall, narrow stretch of wall beside a door or a window it can run three compartments across and five up instead, standing 67cm tall and 41cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelf is made entirely of pine and finished in a water based paint, with the grain of the wood still showing through. Keyhole hanging plates are fitted to the back of the frame on both a long side and a short side, which is what lets it hang wide or tall. It weighs 3.194KG, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. Pine is a light softwood, easy to handle at this size. For styling, leave most compartments empty and fill only a few, mixing heights, so each piece stands on its own against the green.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Pine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater based paint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.194KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82064300-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791025020\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Preston wall shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made entirely of pine and finished in a green water based paint, with the grain of the wood still showing through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 67cm long, 12cm wide and 41cm tall. Hung the other way round, it stands 67cm tall and 41cm wide, still 12cm from front to back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang it vertically instead of horizontally?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Keyhole hanging plates are fitted on both a long side and a short side of the back, so it can hang wide with five compartments across, or tall with three across and five up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there instructions for putting it together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read them through and gather what you need before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive the shelf itself, painted green with its keyhole hanging plates fitted to the back. The styling props shown are not included, and no wall screws or plugs are listed with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 3.194KG, light enough to lift into place and line up against the wall on your own while you mark where it goes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412669423883,"sku":"82064300","price":137.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82064300.jpg?v=1791025036"},{"product_id":"shakti-striped-stoneware-bowl-26cm-green","title":"Shakti Striped Stoneware Bowl 26cm - Green","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis large stoneware bowl is made for sharing: it measures 26cm across and 12cm tall and holds 3250ml. Its green stripes are painted by hand in broad strokes that run down the outside and carry on over the rim into the inside, on a finely speckled ground, so each stripe varies a little in width and edge the way real brushwork does. The bowl sits on a raised foot in a contrasting tone that lifts it clear of the table. At 1.43KG it has the solid weight you expect of stoneware, a dense, hard-wearing material that suits a bowl you will reach for often.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith 3250ml to fill, this is a serving bowl for the middle of the table rather than a single place setting: a green salad for a family supper, pasta to share, a heap of fruit on the kitchen counter, or potatoes passed round at Sunday lunch. The maker states it is food safe, so it goes straight from the kitchen to the dining table. Between meals the striped pattern earns it a place on an open shelf, a dresser or a kitchen island, where it brings a fresh, cheerful note to plainer tableware and wood. It suits anyone who likes their kitchen pieces to look handmade, and it makes a generous gift for a new home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stripes are hand painted onto the stoneware, and the bowl is dishwasher safe, so clearing up after a meal is simple. It is not microwave safe and not oven safe, so heat food in another dish and bring it to the table in this one. For styling, give it room on a plain table or runner so the stripes can do the work, or stand it on a shelf with a few smaller plain bowls stacked inside for a relaxed, layered look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3250ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.43KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is this bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 26cm across and 12cm tall and holds 3250ml, which makes it a large serving bowl for sharing at the table rather than an individual bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker states it is dishwasher safe, so it can go in with the rest of your washing up after a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in the microwave or the oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not microwave safe and not oven safe, so heat food in another dish and serve it in this bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve food in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker states it is food safe, so you can serve salads, pasta, fruit and other dishes in it directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the striped pattern painted by hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The green stripes are hand painted, inside and out, so the brushstrokes vary in width and edge from one stripe to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive one stoneware bowl, which weighs 1.43KG. The styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412671062283,"sku":"82060442","price":61.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82060442.jpg?v=1791025131"},{"product_id":"tangier-floral-stoneware-bowl-19-5cm-orange","title":"Tangier Floral Stoneware Bowl 19.5cm - Orange","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a generous stoneware bowl, 19.5cm across and 9.5cm tall, that holds 1110ml. The outside is glazed orange with the brush strokes left visible, so the colour runs in soft bands around the curve, and one side carries a painted spray of flowers on slender stems with long leaves. The other side is left plain, which lets you choose which face to turn towards the table or the room. It rises from a small foot and weighs 0.74KG, with the reassuring heft that stoneware gives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith 1110ml to fill, this is a main-meal bowl rather than a cereal bowl: a big portion of noodles in broth, a leafy salad with all the toppings, or a weekend bowl of porridge piled with fruit. At 19.5cm across it also works as a serving bowl in the middle of the table, for boiled potatoes, roasted vegetables or a side salad to share. It suits a relaxed kitchen and an everyday family table, and the painted flowers make it a cheerful choice for brunch with friends or a summer lunch in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bowl is made entirely of stoneware and decorated by hand, so you can see the painter's brushwork in each petal and stem. It goes in the dishwasher, which makes it easy to keep in daily use. It is not for the microwave or the oven, so warm your food in another dish and spoon it in to serve. For styling, pair it with plain plates in a quiet glaze so the orange and the painted flowers carry the table, or line a pair up on an open kitchen shelf with the floral side facing out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand decorated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1110ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.74KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this bowl hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1110ml, which makes it a main-meal bowl for noodles, soup or a big salad rather than a small cereal bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bowl goes in the dishwasher, so it is easy to use every day and quick to clear away after a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in the microwave or the oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not for the microwave or the oven, so heat your food in another dish first and then serve it in this bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 19.5cm across and 9.5cm tall and weighs 0.74KG, so it suits a single generous portion or serving sides at the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the floral pattern go all the way round?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The painted flowers and leaves run across one side, and the other side shows only the orange brushed glaze, so you can choose which face to show.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bowl made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, glazed orange on the outside and decorated by hand with a spray of painted flowers on slender stems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412671750411,"sku":"82060876","price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82060876.jpg?v=1791025179"},{"product_id":"hazem-wooden-cabinet-green","title":"Hazem Wooden Cabinet - Green","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a wooden wall cabinet in green, made mostly of firwood, with a pair of glazed doors that meet in the middle. Behind the glass, shelves and uprights divide the interior into compartments of different heights and widths, so a tall vase or a stack of books can sit beside small cups and trinkets rather than everything lining up on one level. It measures 50cm long, 14cm wide and 80cm tall, and that 14cm is its depth from front to back, which keeps it slim against a wall. The composition is 80% firwood, 19% tempered glass and 1% iron, and it weighs 6.33KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it hangs on the wall, it suits rooms where a sideboard or dresser would take up too much floor: a narrow hallway, a kitchen wall, a landing, the space above a desk or a console table, or the wall beside a window in a living room. The glass fronts keep everything on view while the closed doors keep a busy shelf looking tidy, which makes it a good home for ceramics, glassware, favourite books, botanical prints or a small collection that deserves better than a drawer. It will please anyone who likes a cottage or farmhouse look, and anyone short on floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame has a lacquered, distressed finish: the green is worn back along the edges and mouldings so the wood shows through, and a projecting cornice runs across the top. Inside, the grain of the fir is on view, a soft contrast to the green outside. Each door has its own handle with a decorative backplate. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. To style it, leave the compartments a little loose rather than full, mix one or two taller pieces with low stacks, and let a jug or a trailing plant sit on the flat top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80% Firwood, 19% Tempered Glass, 1% Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLacquered\/Distressed Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.33KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82064548-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791025183\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cabinet made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 80% firwood, 19% tempered glass and 1% iron. The tempered glass forms the panels in the two doors, and the frame and interior are fir.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 50cm long, 14cm wide and 80cm tall. The 14cm is its depth from front to back, and it weighs 6.33KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I see what is inside with the doors closed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both doors are glazed with tempered glass, so the shelves and whatever you keep on them stay on view when the doors are shut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the worn look on the paint intentional?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cabinet has a lacquered, distressed finish, so the green is worn back along the edges and the wood shows through in places by design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth. That is the maker's care instruction for the whole cabinet, the frame and the glass doors included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with assembly instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through what is involved before the cabinet arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412671947019,"sku":"82064548","price":187.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82064548.jpg?v=1791025205"},{"product_id":"wendy-stoneware-milk-jug-sugar-bowl-370ml-set-of-2-white","title":"Wendy Stoneware Milk Jug \u0026 Sugar Bowl 370ml Set of 2 - White","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a matching milk jug and sugar bowl in white stoneware, sold together as a set of two and each stamped with a cheerful quote. The jug reads \"Sweet cream is a dream\" with \"I'm whipped\" beneath, while the lidded bowl reads \"Gimme some sugar\" above \"hugs \u0026amp; kisses\". The jug is 9.5cm tall and 8.5cm across, with a pouring lip and a curved loop handle. The bowl stands 11cm tall and 9cm across with its lid in place, and the lid has a round knob that is easy to lift. The stated capacity is 370ml. These are table-sized pieces, made for passing round with a pot of tea rather than for storing sugar in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePut them out at breakfast beside the teapot, or carry them through on a tray when friends come round for coffee and cake. The jug holds milk or cream for tea and coffee, and the lid keeps the sugar covered between cups, whether you take it as cubes or granulated. The quotes give them a sense of humour that suits a relaxed family kitchen, a café-style breakfast nook or a weekend brunch table, and the pair makes a fun housewarming or wedding gift for anyone who loves a proper tea tray. The jug is just as happy holding warm syrup for pancakes or custard for a pudding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth pieces are 100% stoneware, a dense and hard-wearing ceramic, and each quote is stamped on as decoration. They can go in the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven, so clearing up after breakfast is easy and you can warm milk in the jug in the microwave before pouring. The weight given is 0.566KG. Keep the pair side by side on an open shelf with the quotes facing out, next to plain mugs and a wooden board, and they look as good waiting as they do on the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilk jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 9.5cm, Diameter 8.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSugar bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight 11cm, Diameter 9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet of 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStamped Quote decoration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.566KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the milk jug and sugar bowl made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth the milk jug and the sugar bowl are 100% stoneware, with a stamped quote on each piece as decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both pieces are dishwasher safe, and they can also go in the microwave and the oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big are the jug and the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe milk jug is 9.5cm tall and 8.5cm across. The sugar bowl is 11cm tall and 9cm across with its lid on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the sugar bowl come with a lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The sugar bowl comes with its own lid, topped with a round knob, and the lid lifts off completely for spooning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do the quotes say?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jug reads \"Sweet cream is a dream\" with \"I'm whipped\", and the bowl reads \"Gimme some sugar\" with \"hugs \u0026amp; kisses\".\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive two pieces: the milk jug and the sugar bowl with its lid. The styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412672274699,"sku":"82061414","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82061414.jpg?v=1791025238"},{"product_id":"ebba-stoneware-storage-jar-with-lid-940ml-green","title":"Ebba Stoneware Storage Jar with Lid 940ml - Green","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis storage jar comes apart. Three round, straight-sided stoneware bowls stack one on another, and a lid with a loop handle closes the top of the stack. Assembled, it stands 26.5cm tall and 15cm across, and the maker gives its capacity as 940ml. It is made entirely of stoneware under a glossy green glaze, and at 2.39KG it is a substantial piece to lift. Stoneware is a dense, hard-fired clay, which is why it feels so sturdy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt belongs in the kitchen. Kept stacked, it is a tidy home for nuts, biscuits, dried fruit or tea bags on the worktop or an open shelf, and it needs only a small round footprint. Taken apart, the same pieces become three small bowls: one with the lid, for anything you want covered, and two open, for olives, crisps or a dip when friends come round. Each bowl goes in the oven and the microwave, so one can bake a small crumble or warm a portion of leftovers and then go back on the stack. It suits a small kitchen where every piece has to do more than one job, and it makes a practical gift for someone setting up a first home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery piece is stoneware under the same green glaze. The maker notes that, because of the nature of the glaze, the colour can vary, so the shade may differ slightly from one bowl to the next. We think that variation is part of its charm. It goes in the dishwasher, so clearing up after a party is simple, and the bowls stack straight back together once dry. For styling, keep it stacked on a wooden board beside the bread bin, where the green sits well against warm wood, and lift a bowl off whenever you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDue to nature of the glaze colour variations may occur\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.39KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces does it come apart into?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes apart into three stoneware bowls and one lid with a loop handle. The bowls stack into a single jar 26.5cm tall, or you can use each one on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher, microwave and oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes to all three. The maker states it can go in the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven, so a bowl can reheat or bake and then be washed by machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStacked with its lid, it is 15cm across and 26.5cm tall, and it weighs 2.39KG, so it sits comfortably on a worktop or an open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I keep food in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made to hold food, so it suits nuts, biscuits, dried fruit or snacks, and the bowls work for serving at the table too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill every bowl be exactly the same shade of green?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot always. The maker notes that, due to the nature of the glaze, colour variations may occur, so the green can differ slightly in depth from bowl to bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412672373003,"sku":"82061417","price":51.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82061417.jpg?v=1791025257"},{"product_id":"serrone-wooden-console-table-beige","title":"Serrone Wooden Console Table - Beige","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Serrone is a slim console table in beige rubberwood, 100cm long, 35cm wide and 76cm tall. Its long top has softly rounded ends instead of sharp corners, which gives it a gentle outline against a wall and makes it kinder to walk past in a tight space. Underneath, a rail runs just below the top, the four square legs are set at a slight angle, and a low stretcher joins them at floor level, branching out at each end to meet each pair. Everything is rubberwood, a hardwood with a close, even grain that shows clearly through the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 35cm deep, it stands close to the wall and leaves room to pass, so it suits a hallway, a landing or the space behind a sofa. A console table is made to stand against a wall, and this one gives you a 100cm run for a pair of vases, a stack of books, a tray for keys or a row of potted plants. It also works under a window or beside a garden door, where plants can catch the light. The maker gives a maximum load of 40KG, so it is built for display and everyday odds and ends rather than heavy storage; keep the total weight of what sits on it within that figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rubberwood is finished with a water based lacquer, which gives the surface a protective coat. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth, and dry off any drips from plant pots before they settle. The table weighs 11KG, light enough to shift when you rearrange a room, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, we like one tall piece at one end, something low in the middle and a framed print hung above, so the rounded top has room to show; blue and white ceramics and dried grasses sit well against the beige grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Rubberwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater based lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Rubberwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82064655-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791025316\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Serrone console table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 100cm long, 35cm wide and 76cm tall, so it fits along a wall in a hallway or behind a sofa without taking much floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the console table made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made entirely of rubberwood, legs included, and the wood is finished with a water based lacquer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the table hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker gives a maximum load of 40KG, so keep the combined weight of vases, books and plants on top within that figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth, then dry the surface afterwards so water does not sit on the lacquered rubberwood.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through the steps in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive the console table only; the styling props shown are not included, so the vases, prints and plants are not part of the order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412672930059,"sku":"82064655","price":331.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82064655.jpg?v=1791025336"},{"product_id":"limone-lemon-stoneware-jug-1340ml-yellow","title":"Limone Lemon Stoneware Jug 1340ml - Yellow","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Limone jug is a yellow stoneware jug shaped like a whole lemon, with a speckled, glossy surface that copies the dimpled look of real peel. Raised leaves wrap around the rim and form the spout, a small flower sits beside them, and the handle curves like a branch. It holds 1340ml, which makes it a proper table jug rather than a small milk or cream jug. At 16cm tall and 13cm across, it sits comfortably among plates and glasses without crowding them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill it with iced water, juice or homemade lemonade for a long lunch in the garden, or keep it on the breakfast table for juice in the morning. It is food safe, so it is made for pouring drinks as well as for show. It suits anyone who likes a little fun on the table: a summer party, a birthday tea or a Sunday lunch with the family. When it is not in use, it earns its place on an open kitchen shelf or a dresser, where the lemon shape adds a bright note among plain crockery. It also makes a cheerful housewarming gift for someone with a sunny kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jug is made from stoneware, and part of the decoration is done by hand, which gives the leaves and the flower their brushed, painted look. It weighs 0.734KG and feels solid in the hand. Care is straightforward: it goes in the dishwasher, and it is microwave safe and oven safe too, so it can handle everyday kitchen life without special treatment. For an easy summer table, stand it beside plain glasses and a bowl of fresh lemons, and let the jug bring the colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart of item is handdecorated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1340ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.734KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the lemon jug hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1340ml, a generous size for water, juice or lemonade at the table rather than a small milk or cream jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the jug go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is dishwasher safe, so it can go in with the rest of your everyday crockery after a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it microwave and oven safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is both microwave safe and oven safe, and it is food safe for serving drinks at the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt stands 16cm tall and measures 13cm across, and it weighs 0.734KG, so it fits easily on a kitchen shelf or a dresser.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the jug made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% stoneware, and part of the decoration is done by hand, which gives it a brushed, painted look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe styling props shown are not included, so you receive the jug on its own, ready to fill.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412672962827,"sku":"82061439","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82061439.jpg?v=1791025336"},{"product_id":"limone-lemon-stoneware-bowl-26x18cm-yellow","title":"Limone Lemon Stoneware Bowl 26x18cm - Yellow","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a stoneware bowl made in the shape of a lemon, with a pointed tip at one end and a small modelled stalk and leaf at the other. The whole surface is dimpled like real peel, inside and out, and its glossy yellow finish catches the light across every little hollow. It measures 26cm long, 18cm wide and 6cm tall and holds 930ml, which makes it a generous serving bowl rather than a single portion: room for a side salad, a heap of olives or a pile of fruit in the middle of the table. At 0.732KG it feels solid without being awkward to pass around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe think of it first as a kitchen piece, but it earns its keep well beyond serving. It goes from oven to table, so a small gratin or a fruit crumble can be baked and brought straight out in it, and it goes in the microwave for warming leftovers. Through the summer it suits a garden lunch or a lazy weekend breakfast, holding lemon wedges, cherry tomatoes or a handful of crisps. Between meals it makes a cheerful fruit bowl on a counter or an open shelf, and it is a thoughtful present for anyone who cooks or loves a sunny kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, and part of the bowl is decorated by hand, so expect small variations from one piece to the next. Stoneware is dense and hard-wearing, and it holds heat well, which helps a baked dish stay warm at the table. Care is simple: it goes in the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven, so it can be used every day rather than kept for best. For styling, let the shape do the work: set it on a wooden board or a plain linen cloth and fill it with whole lemons or other fruit; the styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart of item is handdecorated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.732KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this lemon bowl hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds 930ml and measures 26cm long, 18cm wide and 6cm tall, so it is a serving bowl for salad, olives, fruit or a small bake rather than a single portion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the oven and the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker lists it for both the oven and the microwave, so you can bake in it, warm food in it and bring it straight to the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it goes in the dishwasher, which makes it practical for everyday meals as well as for laying out when friends come round.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bowl made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, a dense and hard-wearing material, and part of the bowl is decorated by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it heavy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 0.732KG, so it feels reassuringly solid on the table but is still easy to lift and pass around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs anything else included with the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive the single lemon-shaped stoneware bowl on its own; the styling props shown with it are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412673224971,"sku":"82061441","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82061441.jpg?v=1791025354"},{"product_id":"serrone-wooden-dining-table-beige","title":"Serrone Wooden Dining Table - Beige","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eSerrone is a long beige dining table made entirely of rubberwood. It is 200cm long, 100cm wide and 75cm tall, with softly rounded ends instead of squared-off ones. That gives a generous run of tabletop, and 75cm is the usual height for a table you sit at, so it pairs with ordinary dining chairs. The top is built from strips of rubberwood laid edge to edge along its length, which keeps the long shape calm and even. Rubberwood is a dense, close-grained hardwood, well suited to furniture in daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a kitchen or dining room it gives the household one big surface to gather round. It earns its place on ordinary days too: homework spread at one end and a laptop at the other, a jigsaw left out for a week, or a sewing project that needs room to lie flat. Rounded ends are easier to walk round than squared ones in a narrower room, and an extra chair slips in at the end when friends come over. The beige rubberwood sits comfortably beside painted cupboards and wooden floors in a Scandinavian or farmhouse scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnderneath, the two angled legs at each end are braced by short rails near the floor. These rails meet a long central stretcher in a Y-shaped joint, which leaves the space under the top open for knees and chair legs. The legs are rubberwood too, and the table has a water based lacquer finish; care is simply a wipe with a moist cloth. The maker gives a maximum load of 70KG, and the table itself weighs 35.5KG, so it is a substantial piece to move into place. The maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For a relaxed look, mix chairs in different woods along the sides, or set a bench on one side and chairs on the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Rubberwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater based lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Rubberwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.5KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82064656-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791025345\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the table made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made entirely of rubberwood, top and legs alike, and the wood has a water based lacquer finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Serrone dining table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 200cm long, 100cm wide and 75cm tall. 75cm is the usual height for a table used with ordinary dining chairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shape is the top?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe top is long, with straight sides and softly rounded ends, and it measures 200cm by 100cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth. That is the maker's care advice for the lacquered rubberwood, and it is all the table needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the table take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker gives the table a maximum load of 70KG, and the table itself weighs 35.5KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there assembly instructions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The maker's assembly instructions for the table come as a PDF download, so you can read through the steps in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412673257739,"sku":"82064656","price":1234.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82064656.jpg?v=1791025363"},{"product_id":"maple-floral-stoneware-butter-dish-cream","title":"Maple Floral Stoneware Butter Dish - Cream","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a lidded butter dish in cream stoneware: a small rectangular box with a flat lid that sits neatly on top. Sprigs of tulip-like flowers and leaves run in rows around all four sides, while the lid carries a radiating sunburst of fine lines ringed with little circles, so the base and the lid each have a pattern of their own. The decoration is a decal with handpainted detailing, which gives the linework a hand-drawn look. It measures 12.5cm long, 9.5cm wide and 6cm tall and holds 280ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 280ml it is a butter dish for the everyday, sized to sit beside the toast at breakfast, be passed round the table and then go back in the fridge with its lid on. Its small footprint suits a fridge shelf as well as a crowded table, and it looks at home beside patterned plates at a weekend brunch or a relaxed lunch with fresh bread. In a country-style kitchen it can simply live on the worktop between meals, ready for the next slice of toast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStoneware is dense and hard-wearing, and at 0.65KG this dish has a reassuring weight in the hand. It goes in the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven, so you can soften butter in the microwave before spreading or baking without moving it to another dish. The edges of the base and lid are picked out in a contrasting tone that frames the pattern. The styling props shown are not included. On the table, set the cream body against plain white plates so the floral sprigs stand out, or mix it with other hand-decorated pieces for a relaxed, layered look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Stoneware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCream\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecal decorated with handpainted detailing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOven safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the butter dish made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% stoneware, decorated with a decal and finished with handpainted detailing, and it weighs 0.65KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it goes in the dishwasher, and the maker also lists it as suitable for the microwave and the oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the butter dish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 12.5cm long, 9.5cm wide and 6cm tall, with a capacity of 280ml, so it sits easily on a fridge shelf or the breakfast table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the dish comes with its own flat stoneware lid, which carries a sunburst of fine lines and small circles across the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is it and what is the pattern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe body and lid are cream, with rows of floral sprigs around the sides and a radiating sunburst motif across the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412673323275,"sku":"82061611","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82061611.jpg?v=1791025372"},{"product_id":"serrone-wooden-cabinet-beige","title":"Serrone Wooden Cabinet - Beige","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis long, low cabinet is made entirely of rubberwood and measures 120cm long, 45cm wide and 55cm tall, in a soft beige with the grain showing clearly through the finish. Two doors run across the front, each built from vertical boards inside a frame with rounded edges, and they meet in the middle at a pair of half-round pulls that together form a circle. Rubberwood is a hardwood with a fine, even grain, which suits plain, clean lines like these and gives the piece a calm, natural look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55cm tall it stands at low sideboard height, so it fits under a window, along a hallway wall or in a living room beneath a pair of framed prints. Behind the doors one shelf divides the inside into two compartments, and round openings in the back panel let cables pass through, which makes it a practical home for a set-top box, a router or a speaker with the leads kept out of sight. The 45cm depth leaves room for books, board games or baskets on either level, and the top takes a lamp or a few ceramics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet is finished in a water based lacquer, and the legs are natural rubberwood, angled outwards and joined by stretchers beneath the body. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. It weighs 32.5KG, so it is a substantial piece to move into place, and the maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download. For styling, the beige wood sits easily beside glazed ceramics, linen and woven textiles; keep the top to a few pieces of different heights so the boarded doors still read clearly. The styling props shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Rubberwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater based lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Rubberwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.5KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/bloomingville-82064694-assembly-instructions.pdf?v=1791025401\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eAssembly instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cabinet made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made of 100% rubberwood, including the legs, which are natural rubberwood, and the whole piece is finished in a water based lacquer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 120cm long, 45cm wide and 55cm tall, a long, low shape that fits under a window or along a hallway or living room wall. It weighs 32.5KG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there storage space inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Behind the two doors there is one shelf, which divides the inside into two compartments, with round openings in the back panel for cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I keep a router or speaker inside it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The round openings in the back panel let cables run through, so a router, set-top box or speaker can sit inside with the leads out of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth. That is the care the maker gives for this cabinet and its water based lacquer finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the cabinet need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker's assembly instructions come as a PDF download, so you can read through the steps and plan the space before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412673519883,"sku":"82064694","price":785.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82064694.jpg?v=1791025420"},{"product_id":"villum-wooden-side-table-brown","title":"Villum Wooden Side Table - Brown","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Villum side table is made from 100% reclaimed wood, and it is the shape that makes it worth a second look. The rectangular top is solid planking for most of its length, then opens into a bare wooden frame at one end. Underneath, a broad board slopes down at an angle to carry one side, with a ledge fixed across its face that forms a slot for a magazine or a slim book. The table measures 60cm long, 40cm wide and 48cm tall, and the wood is a warm brown with knots, saw marks and fine cracks left visible in the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 48cm tall it sits comfortably beside an armchair or a bed, so it works as a reading table in the living room, a bedside table in a guest room or a landing place in the hallway for keys and post. The solid part of the top takes a table lamp, a candle holder or a short stack of books, and the maximum load is 30KG. The slot in the base keeps the magazine you are reading within reach without adding to the clutter on top, and the open frame stops the table looking heavy in a small room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe finish is waxed, which gives the wood a soft, low sheen and lets the grain show through rather than sealing it under a hard coat. Care is simple: wipe it clean with a moist cloth. Reclaimed wood keeps the marks of its earlier life, so the knots and cracks are part of the table, not faults in it. The table weighs 7.7KG, light enough to move from the sofa to the bedroom when you need it. Set it with the open frame facing the room and a lamp on the solid end, and it reads as a small sculpture as much as a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Reclaimed Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaxed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown Reclaimed Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean with a moist cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.7KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the side table made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% reclaimed wood, legs included, with a waxed finish that leaves the grain, knots and saw marks visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Villum side table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 60cm long, 40cm wide and 48cm tall, and it weighs 7.7KG, so it is easy to lift and move between rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the top hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load is 30KG, which comfortably covers a table lamp, a pile of books and the everyday things you keep beside a chair or bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a moist cloth. That is the care the maker gives for the waxed reclaimed wood surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the slot in the base for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA ledge fixed across the slanted board forms a slot that holds a magazine, a newspaper or a slim book upright, keeping reading matter off the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the whole tabletop solid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The top is solid planking for most of its length and opens into a bare wooden frame at one end, so keep lamps and books on the solid part.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Creative Collection","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53412673814795,"sku":"82064784","price":194.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/00_82064784.jpg?v=1791025462"}],"url":"https:\/\/niori.co.uk\/collections\/creative-collection.oembed","provider":"Niori","version":"1.0","type":"link"}